WO2020114458A1 - Power headroom reporting method and device - Google Patents

Power headroom reporting method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020114458A1
WO2020114458A1 PCT/CN2019/123303 CN2019123303W WO2020114458A1 WO 2020114458 A1 WO2020114458 A1 WO 2020114458A1 CN 2019123303 W CN2019123303 W CN 2019123303W WO 2020114458 A1 WO2020114458 A1 WO 2020114458A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
power headroom
link
communication device
mac
indication information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/123303
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张向东
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020114458A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020114458A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04TPC
    • H04W52/18TPC being performed according to specific parameters
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04TPC
    • H04W52/18TPC being performed according to specific parameters
    • H04W52/28TPC being performed according to specific parameters using user profile, e.g. mobile speed, priority or network state, e.g. standby, idle or non transmission
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1268Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of uplink data flows
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/30Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
    • H04W4/40Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/70Services for machine-to-machine communication [M2M] or machine type communication [MTC]

Definitions

  • Embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and device for reporting power headroom.
  • the base station performs uplink scheduling on the UE to achieve communication.
  • One method for the base station to perform uplink scheduling on the UE may be: the base station allocates uplink transmission resources to the UE according to the UE's power headroom (ie, PH, power headroom), or it may be understood that the base station allocates uplink transmission resources to the UE according to the UE's own capabilities , So that the UE completes uplink data transmission according to the uplink transmission resources allocated to it. Specifically, after the UE determines the power headroom of the UE, the UE reports the power headroom of the UE to the base station, and then the base station allocates uplink transmission resources to the UE according to the power headroom of the UE.
  • the base station allocates uplink transmission resources to the UE according to the UE's power headroom (ie, PH, power headroom), or it may be understood that the base station allocates uplink transmission resources to the UE according to the UE's own capabilities , So that the UE completes uplink data transmission according to the uplink transmission resources allocated to it.
  • the base station allocates less uplink transmission resources to the UE when scheduling the UE, so that resources can be saved; when the power headroom of the UE is larger, the base station can allocate more to the UE In this way, the uplink transmission resources of the UE can increase the uplink transmission rate of the UE.
  • the power margin reported by the UE is the power margin of the Uu port link between the UE and the base station
  • the communication link of the UE It may also include a link (ie, a sidelink link) between the UE and other terminal equipment (such as a vehicle-mounted unit).
  • a link ie, a sidelink link
  • the UE reports the power headroom of the UE is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a method, device, and system for reporting power headroom, which can more flexibly implement power headroom reporting.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for reporting a power headroom.
  • the method may include: a first communication device generates a power headroom report, and the power headroom report includes the power headroom and power of the first communication device Indication information of the headroom, the indication information of the power headroom is used to indicate the attribute of the power headroom; and the first communication device sends the power headroom report to the second communication device.
  • the method for reporting the power headroom provided by the embodiment of the present application, because when the first communication device reports the power headroom of the first communication device to the second communication device, the first communication device may generate a power headroom including the power headroom and the power headroom Indicating the power headroom report of the information and sending the power headroom report to the second communication device, so that the second communication device can determine which power headroom is reported by the first communication device according to the received power headroom indication information, Therefore, reporting of different power headrooms can be more flexibly achieved.
  • the attributes of the power headroom include any one or several of the following: link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, and power headroom The mixed attributes of network attributes and power headroom.
  • the link attribute of the power headroom includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and the base station, and the second link is the first communication
  • the cell attribute of the power headroom includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells;
  • the network attribute of the power headroom includes the wireless communication standard of the second link ;
  • the mixed attribute of power headroom includes any of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link
  • the corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and the power headroom is corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
  • the power headroom and the power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in
  • the link attribute of the power headroom may indicate that the power headroom of the first communication device is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, or the power headroom of the first communication device is the second link.
  • the power headroom of the first communication device, or the power headroom of the first communication device is the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, or the power headroom of the first communication device is the first link
  • the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link that is, the total power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link).
  • the cell attribute of the above power headroom is mainly used to indicate whether the power headroom corresponding to the second link reported by the first communication device is the power headroom corresponding to a single cell or the power headroom corresponding to multiple cells.
  • the above wireless communication standard includes a first standard and/or a second standard, which refers to a first network standard and/or a second network standard.
  • the first standard may be LTE
  • the second standard may be 5GNR.
  • the network attribute of the power headroom is mainly used to indicate whether the power headroom corresponding to the second link reported by the first communication device is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network or the second-standard network
  • the power headroom corresponding to the second link is also the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, or the second link in the first-standard network
  • the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network that is, the total power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network).
  • the above-mentioned mixed property of the power headroom may further include: the power headroom is the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link, or the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network The sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link.
  • the method for the first communication device to send a power headroom report to the second communication device may include that the first communication device sends the power headroom report to the second communication device through the MAC and CE.
  • the format of the MAC for transmitting the power headroom report includes multiple types, for example, the MAC of a single cell, the MAC of 8 cells (used to report the power headroom of up to 8 cells) ) And the MAC of the 32 cells (for reporting the power headroom of up to 32 cells), the MAC of the single cell is used to report the power headroom corresponding to the primary cell, and the MAC of the 8 cell is used to report the primary cell and the secondary cell As well as the power headroom reports of other serving cells, the MAC of the 32 cells is used to report the power headroom reports of the primary cell, the secondary cell, and other serving cells.
  • the above can send a power headroom report through MAC CE, but MAC does not constitute a limitation on the embodiment of the present application, the first communication device may also use other methods to send the power headroom report to the second communication device .
  • the foregoing power headroom indication information is carried in the reserved bits of the MAC CE.
  • one or several of the reserved bits in the MAC may be used for one of the attributes of carrying the power headroom. If the attribute of the power headroom includes the above several attributes, it may be Different reserved bits using MAC CE carry different attributes. Also, every two bytes (called a byte pair) in the MAC can be used to carry a power headroom.
  • the above power headroom includes the first chain
  • the indication information of the power headroom may further include: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC and the second link The position of the power headroom in the MAC CE.
  • the indication information of the power headroom may further include: the first-standard network The position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC in the CE and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network in the MAC.
  • the first communication device when the first communication device reports both the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, the first communication device may pair Carries the power headroom corresponding to the first link, and carries the power headroom corresponding to the second link in another part of the byte pair.
  • the first communication device needs to report the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, it also needs to report the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
  • the byte pair carries the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and the other part of the byte pair carries the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
  • the second communication device indicates different power headrooms.
  • the indication information of the power headroom may further include: Cell indication information of the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link, the cell indication information is used to indicate in which cells the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link is reported, and/or Or the position of the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link in the MAC CE.
  • the above-mentioned power headroom may further include: cell indication information of a sum of power headrooms of the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network, and the cell indication information is used to indicate in which cells to report The sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network, and/or the second link in the first-standard network corresponds to the second link in the second-standard network The sum of the power headroom in the MAC CE position.
  • the power headroom reporting method provided in the example may further include: the first communication device determines the format of the MAC according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and cells corresponding to the second link.
  • the format of the MAC specified in the existing communication protocol includes the above single-cell, 8-cell, and 32-cell MAC CEs.
  • the first communication device reports the power headroom report through the MAC, it can choose to satisfy the use
  • the format of the required MAC CE specifically, the first communication device determines the format of the MAC according to the total number of cells that need to report the power headroom, the total number of the cells is the cell corresponding to the first link of the first communication device The number is the sum of the number of cells corresponding to the second link of the first communication device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for reporting power headroom.
  • the method may include: a second communication device receives a power headroom report sent by a first communication device, and the power headroom report includes the first communication device The power headroom and the indication information of the power headroom, the power headroom indication information is used to indicate the attribute of the power headroom; and the second communication device determines the power headroom report and the power according to the power headroom indication information The power headroom corresponding to the indication information of the headroom.
  • the attributes of the power headroom include any one or several of the following: link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, and power headroom The mixed attributes of network attributes and power headroom.
  • the link attribute of the power headroom includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and the base station, and the second link is the first communication
  • the cell attribute of the power headroom includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells;
  • the network attribute of the power headroom includes the wireless communication standard of the second link ;
  • the mixed attribute of power headroom includes any of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link
  • the corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and the power headroom is corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
  • the power headroom and the power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in
  • the second communication device receives the power headroom report sent by the first communication device.
  • the method may include that the second communication device receives the power headroom report sent by the first communication device through the MAC.
  • the above power headroom indication information is carried in the reserved bits of the MAC CE.
  • the power headroom includes the first link
  • the indication information of the power headroom may further include: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC and the power corresponding to the second link The position of the margin in the MAC CE.
  • the indication information of the power headroom may further include: The position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network in the MAC.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for reporting a power headroom.
  • the method may include: the second communication device generates indication information of the power headroom, and the indication information of the power headroom is used to indicate the The attribute of the power headroom; and the second communication device configures the indication information of the power headroom for the first communication device.
  • the method for reporting the power headroom provided by the embodiment of the present application, because the second communication device can generate the indication information of the power headroom and configure the indication information of the power headroom to the first communication device, so that the first communication device can generate the Configure the power headroom corresponding to the indication information of the power headroom, and report the power headroom to the second communication device.
  • the first communication device does not need to send the power headroom indication information. Therefore, the power headroom can be implemented more flexibly Escalate.
  • the attributes of the power headroom include any one or several of the following: link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, and power headroom The mixed attributes of network attributes and power headroom.
  • the link attribute of the power headroom includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and the base station, and the second link is the first communication
  • the cell attribute of the power headroom includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells;
  • the network attribute of the power headroom includes the wireless communication standard of the second link ;
  • the mixed attribute of power headroom includes any of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link
  • the corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and the power headroom is corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
  • the power headroom and the power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in
  • the foregoing power headroom indication information may further include: The position of the power headroom in the MAC and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC; or, the indication information of the power headroom may also include: the power corresponding to the second link in the network of the first standard The position of the headroom in the MAC CE and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC.
  • the foregoing power headroom indication information may further include: MAC format indication information of the CE, the format indication The information is used to indicate that the format of the MAC CE is determined according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and cells corresponding to the second link.
  • the second communication device may instruct the first communication device in which MAC format to report the power headroom.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for reporting a power headroom.
  • the method may include: the first communication device obtains indication information of the power headroom configured by the second communication device, and the indication information of the power headroom is used for An attribute indicating the power headroom of the first communication device; and the first communication device sends a power headroom report to the second communication device according to the indication information of the power headroom, the power headroom report includes the power headroom of the first communication device .
  • the attributes of the power headroom include any one or any of the following: link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, and power headroom The mixed attributes of network attributes and power headroom.
  • the link attribute of the power headroom includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and the base station, and the second link is the first communication
  • the cell attribute of the power headroom includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells;
  • the network attribute of the power headroom includes the wireless communication standard of the second link ;
  • the mixed attribute of power headroom includes any of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link
  • the corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and the power headroom is corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
  • the power headroom and the power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in
  • the above-mentioned first communication device sends the second communication device according to the indication information of the power headroom
  • the method for transmitting the power headroom report may include: the first communication device generates a power headroom report according to the indication information of the power headroom, the power headroom report including the power headroom corresponding to the indication information of the power headroom; and the first The communication device sends the power headroom report to the second communication device via MAC.
  • the above power headroom indication information may further include: The power headroom corresponding to the first link is The position in the MAC and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC; the position information in the power headroom may also include: the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network is in the MAC CE The position in the MAC and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network in the MAC CE.
  • the power headroom reporting method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include: The power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC CE is added to the power headroom corresponding to the first link, and the power headroom corresponding to the second link is added to the power headroom corresponding to the second link; or , The first communication device adds the power margin corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network at the position of the power margin corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC, and the second link in the second-standard network The power headroom corresponding to the path is added to the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
  • the power The quantity indication information may also include: MAC format indication information of the CE, the format indication information is used to instruct the first communication device to determine the MAC CE according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and the cells corresponding to the second link format.
  • the second communication device may be a base station or other terminal equipment. If the second communication device is a base station, after the base station receives the power margin of the first communication device, the base station may The power headroom of the first communication device allocates uplink transmission resources for the first communication device; if the second communication device is another terminal device, the terminal device may receive the power headroom of the first communication device according to the terminal device’s power headroom. The result of the measured channel quality and the power headroom of the first communication device that it receives request the first communication device to adjust the transmission power.
  • the terminal device may request the first communication device to increase the transmission power; on the contrary, if the measurement The channel quality of is very good (in this case, the terminal device may not refer to the power margin of the first communication device), then the terminal may suggest that the first communication device reduce the transmission power.
  • the present application provides a first communication device.
  • the first communication device may include a generating module and a sending module.
  • the generating module is configured to generate a power headroom report, the power headroom report includes power headroom of the first communication device and power headroom indication information, and the power headroom indication information is used to indicate the power headroom Attribute; sending module, used to send the power headroom report generated by the generating module to the second communication device.
  • the attributes of the power headroom include any one or more of the following: link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, and power headroom The mixed attributes of network attributes and power headroom.
  • the link attribute of the power headroom includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and the base station, and the second link is the first communication
  • the cell attribute of the power headroom includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells;
  • the network attribute of the power headroom includes the wireless communication standard of the second link ;
  • the mixed attribute of power headroom includes any of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link
  • the corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and the power headroom is corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
  • the power headroom and the power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in
  • the method for the first communication device to send a power headroom report to the second communication device may include that the first communication device sends the power headroom report to the second communication device through the MAC and CE.
  • the foregoing power headroom indication information is carried in the reserved bits of the MAC CE.
  • the above power headroom includes the first chain
  • the indication information of the power headroom may further include: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC and the second link The position of the power headroom in the MAC CE.
  • the indication information of the power headroom may further include: the first-standard network The position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC in the CE and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network in the MAC.
  • the first communication device provided in the example may further include a determination module for determining the format of the MAC according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and cells corresponding to the second link.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a second communication device.
  • the second communication device may include a receiving module and a determining module.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a power headroom report sent by the first communication device, and the power headroom report includes the power headroom of the first communication device and indication information of the power headroom.
  • the indication information of the power headroom is used for In the attribute indicating the power headroom; the determining module is used to determine the power headroom corresponding to the power headroom indication information in the power headroom report according to the power headroom indication information received by the receiving module.
  • the attributes of the power headroom include any one or several of the following: link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, and power headroom The mixed attributes of network attributes and power headroom.
  • the link attribute of the power headroom includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and the base station, and the second link is the first communication
  • the cell attribute of the power headroom includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells;
  • the network attribute of the power headroom includes the wireless communication standard of the second link ;
  • the mixed attribute of power headroom includes any of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link
  • the corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and the power headroom is corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
  • the power headroom and the power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in
  • the second communication device receives a power headroom report sent by the first communication device.
  • the method may include that the second communication device receives the power headroom report sent by the first communication device through the MAC.
  • the above power headroom indication information is carried in a reserved bit of the MAC CE.
  • the power headroom includes the first link
  • the indication information of the power headroom may further include: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC and the power corresponding to the second link The position of the margin in the MAC CE.
  • the indication information of the power headroom may further include: The position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network in the MAC.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a second communication device.
  • the second communication device may include a generation module and a configuration module; wherein, the generation module is configured to generate power headroom indication information, and the power headroom indication The information is used to indicate the attribute of the power headroom of the first communication device; the configuration module is used to configure the first communication device with the indication information of the power headroom generated by the generation module.
  • the attribute of the power headroom includes any one or more of the following: a link attribute of the power headroom, and a cell of the power headroom Attributes, network attributes of power headroom, and hybrid attributes of power headroom.
  • the link attribute of the power headroom includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and the base station, and the second link is the first communication
  • the cell attribute of the power headroom includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells;
  • the network attribute of the power headroom includes the wireless communication standard of the second link ;
  • the mixed attribute of power headroom includes any of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link
  • the corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and the power headroom is corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
  • the power headroom and the power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in
  • the indication information of the power headroom may further include: corresponding to the first link The position of the power headroom in the MAC and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC; or, the indication information of the power headroom may also include: the power corresponding to the second link in the network of the first standard The position of the headroom in the MAC CE and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC.
  • the foregoing power headroom indication information may further include: MAC format indication information of the CE, the format indication The information is used to indicate that the format of the MAC CE is determined according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and cells corresponding to the second link.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a first communication device.
  • the first communication device may include an acquisition module and a transmission module.
  • the obtaining module is used to obtain the indication information of the power headroom configured by the second communication device, and the indication information of the power headroom is used to indicate the attribute of the power headroom of the first communication device;
  • the sending module is used to The obtained indication information of the power headroom sends a power headroom report to the second communication device, where the power headroom report includes the power headroom of the first communication device.
  • the attributes of the power headroom include any one or several of the following: link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, and power headroom The mixed attributes of network attributes and power headroom.
  • the link attribute of the power headroom includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and the base station, and the second link is the first communication
  • the cell attribute of the power headroom includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells;
  • the network attribute of the power headroom includes the wireless communication standard of the second link ;
  • the mixed attribute of power headroom includes any of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link
  • the corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and the power headroom is corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
  • the power headroom and the power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in
  • the first communication apparatus provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes a generation module; the generation The module is used to generate a power headroom report according to the power headroom indication information, and the power headroom report includes the power headroom corresponding to the power headroom indication information; the above-mentioned sending module is specifically used to send the second The communication device sends a power headroom report.
  • the foregoing power headroom indication information may further include: The power headroom corresponding to the first link is The position in the MAC and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC; the position information in the power headroom may also include: the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network is in the MAC CE The position in the MAC and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network in the MAC CE.
  • the first communication device provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include an addition module; Add the power headroom corresponding to the first link to the position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC, and add the power headroom corresponding to the second link to the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link Or, the adding module is used to add the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network at the position of the power link corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC, in the second-standard network The position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the medium is added to the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
  • the power The quantity indication information may also include: MAC format indication information of the CE, the format indication information is used to instruct the first communication device to determine the MAC CE according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and the cells corresponding to the second link format.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a first communication device, including a processor and a memory coupled to the processor; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the first communication device is running, the processor executes Computer instructions to cause the first communication device to perform the power surplus described in any one of the first aspect and its various alternative implementations, or the fourth aspect and any one of its various implementations Method of reporting.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may include computer instructions.
  • the first communication device performs the first aspect and the above The power headroom reporting method described in any one of various optional implementation manners, or any one of the fourth aspect and any one of its various optional implementation manners.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product including computer instructions, which, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes a first communication device to perform the first aspect described above and various optional implementations thereof Any one of the above, or the power headroom reporting method described in any one of the fourth aspect and various optional implementations thereof.
  • the present application provides a first communication device.
  • the first communication device exists in the form of a chip product.
  • the structure of the device includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to couple with the processor.
  • the memory may be For storing computer instructions, the processor is used to execute the computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the first communication device executes any one of the first aspect and its various optional implementations, or the fourth aspect and its various A method for reporting the power headroom described in any one of the optional implementation manners.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a second communication device, including a processor and a memory coupled to the processor; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the second communication device is running, the processor executes memory storage Computer instructions to cause the second communication device to perform the power described in any one of the second aspect and its various optional implementations, or the third aspect and any of its various optional implementations The method of reporting the remaining amount.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may include computer instructions.
  • the second communication device When the computer instructions run on a computer, the second communication device performs the second aspect and A method for reporting power headroom described in any one of various optional implementations thereof, or any one of the third aspect and any one of various optional implementations thereof.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product including computer instructions, which, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes a second communication device to execute the second aspect and various optional implementation manners thereof Any one of the above, or the power headroom reporting method described in any one of the third aspect and various optional implementations thereof.
  • the present application provides a second communication device.
  • the second communication device exists in the form of a chip product.
  • the structure of the device includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to couple with the processor.
  • the memory can be For storing computer instructions, the processor is used to execute the computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the second communication device executes any one of the above-mentioned second aspect and its various optional implementations, or the third aspect and its various A method for reporting the power headroom described in any one of the optional implementation manners.
  • the present application provides a communication system including the first communication device according to the fifth aspect and the second communication device according to the sixth aspect, or, the communication system according to the seventh aspect The second communication device and the first communication device described in the eighth aspect.
  • the first communication device and the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect, the thirteenth aspect, and the sixteenth aspect described in the fifth, eighth, ninth, and twelfth aspects provided above The second communication device, the computer storage media of the tenth aspect and the fourteenth aspect, the computer program products of the eleventh aspect and the fifteenth aspect are all used to perform the corresponding methods provided above, therefore For the beneficial effects that can be achieved, refer to the beneficial effects in the corresponding method provided above, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an LTE network and a 5G NR network provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic hardware diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a hardware of a mobile phone provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram 1 of a method for reporting power headroom provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a second schematic diagram of a method for reporting power headroom provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a MAC CE provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram 3 of a method for reporting power headroom provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram 4 of a method for reporting power headroom provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram 5 of a method for reporting power headroom provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a first communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a second schematic structural diagram of a first communication device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • 15 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a second communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 16 is a second structural diagram of a second communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 17 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a second communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a fourth structural diagram of a second communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 19 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a first communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 20 is a fourth schematic structural diagram of a first communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • first and second in the description and claims of the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish different objects, rather than describing a specific order of objects.
  • first communication device and the second communication device are used to distinguish different communication devices, rather than describing a specific order of the communication devices.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used as examples, illustrations or explanations. Any embodiments or design solutions described as “exemplary” or “for example” in the embodiments of the present application should not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design solutions. Rather, the use of words such as “exemplary” or “for example” is intended to present related concepts in a specific manner.
  • multiple processing units refer to two or more processing units; multiple systems refer to two or more systems.
  • a first communication device such as a terminal device
  • a second communication device such as a network device or other terminal equipment
  • the second communication device may The power headroom corresponding to the indication information is determined according to the power headroom indication information in the power headroom report.
  • the second communication device can determine the indication information of the power headroom and configure the indication information of the power headroom for the first communication, so that the first communication device can send the second communication device the second communication device according to the indication information of the power headroom
  • the power headroom report including the power headroom of the first communication device is sent, and the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application can more flexibly realize the report of the power headroom of the first communication device.
  • the method for reporting the power headroom can be applied to a long term evolution (LTE) network and/or a 5G new radio (NR) network.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • NR 5G new radio
  • FIG. 1 is an LTE-based network
  • B) in FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a 5G NR network (also referred to as a 5G network).
  • 5G network also referred to as a 5G network.
  • the LTE network includes an LTE access network, which may also be referred to as a 4G access network or an evolved-universal terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN), and LTE core network
  • the LTE access network includes one or more evolved base stations (evolved nodes, base stations, eNB)
  • the LTE core network includes one or more mobility management entities (mobility management entities, MME), and/or one or Multiple serving gateways (serving-gateway, S-GW), where eNB and eNB are interconnected through X2 interface, eNB is connected to MME through S1-MME interface, and S-GW is connected through S1-U interface, S1-
  • MME can be regarded as the control plane of the S1 interface
  • the S1-U can be regarded as the user plane of the S1 interface.
  • the MME and S-GW can be separated, that is, they are separate nodes, and the MME and S-GW can be integrated into In the same node.
  • the 5G NR network includes a 5G NR access network, which may also be called a next-generation access network (Next-Generation Radio Access Network, NG-RAN), and a 5G NR core network.
  • the 5G NR network includes one or more next-generation base stations (gNB) and one or more ng-eNBs.
  • gNB is a node that provides 5G user plane and control plane protocol terminals
  • ng-eNB is an LTE user.
  • gNB is a base station required for independent networking of 5G NR networks
  • ng-eNB is a base station set up for backward compatibility with 4G networks, such as ng-eNB air interface.
  • the core network uses the 5G NR core network;
  • the 5G NR core network includes one or more access and mobility functions (access and mobility management function, AMF) , And/or one or more user plane functions (UPF), where gNB and gNB, gNB and ng-eNB, and ng-eNB and ng-eNB are all interconnected through the Xn interface , GNB is connected to the 5G NR core network via the NG interface, and ng-eNB is connected to the 5G NR core network via the NG interface.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • UPF user plane functions
  • the method for reporting power headroom may be applied to a wireless communication system based on the LTE network or 5G NR network shown in FIG. 1 described above.
  • the wireless communication system may include a network The device 10 and at least one terminal device (shown in FIG. 2 with two terminal devices, respectively terminal device 11a and terminal device 11b).
  • the network device may be a base station, and the terminal device may be a mobile phone.
  • the network device 10 may allocate uplink transmission resources to the terminal device 11a or 11b.
  • the above two terminal devices may be both mobile phones, or one terminal device is a mobile phone, the other terminal device is another type of terminal device, or both terminal devices are Vehicle or vehicle-mounted communication device with corresponding communication function.
  • network equipment may be commonly used base stations, eNBs, gNBs, ng-eNBs, new radio base stations (new radio eNBs), macro base stations, micro base stations, high-frequency base stations or transmission and reception points (transmission and reception point, TRP)) and other equipment.
  • the embodiments of the present application take the commonly used base station as an example to introduce the hardware structure of the network device. The following describes in detail each component of the base station provided by the embodiment of the present application with reference to FIG. 3.
  • the base station provided in this embodiment of the present application may include: a 20 part and a 21 part.
  • Part 20 is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals;
  • Part 21 is mainly used for baseband processing and control of base stations.
  • Part 20 can usually be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver.
  • Part 21 is usually the control center of the base station and can usually be called a processing unit.
  • the 20-part transceiver unit may also be called a transceiver, or a transceiver, etc., which includes an antenna and a radio frequency unit, or only includes a radio frequency unit or a part thereof.
  • the radio frequency unit is mainly used for radio frequency processing.
  • the device for realizing the receiving function in part 20 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for realizing the sending function can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the part 20 includes the receiving unit and the sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit, etc.
  • the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, transmitter, or transmitting circuit, etc.
  • Part 21 may include one or more single boards or chips. Each single board or chip may include one or more processors and one or more memories. The processors are used to read and execute programs in the memory to implement baseband processing functions. And control of the base station. If there are multiple boards, each board can be interconnected to increase processing power. As an optional implementation manner, multiple single boards may share one or more processors, or multiple single boards may share one or more memories. Among them, the memory and the processor may be integrated together or set independently. In some embodiments, parts 20 and 21 may be integrated together or may be set independently. In addition, all functions in part 21 may be integrated in one chip, or part of functions may be integrated in one chip, and part of functions may be integrated in one or more chips, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a laptop computer, an ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), a netbook or a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant (PDA), smart car, sensor Equipment, internet of things (IOT) equipment, customer terminal equipment (customer premise equipment, CPE), etc.
  • UMPC ultra-mobile personal computer
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • IOT internet of things
  • CPE customer terminal equipment
  • the embodiment of the present application takes the terminal device as a mobile phone as an example to introduce the hardware structure of the terminal device.
  • the mobile phone provided by the embodiment of the present application includes: a processor 30, a radio frequency (RF) circuit 31, a power supply 32, a memory 33, an input unit 34, a display unit 35, an audio circuit 36, and other components.
  • RF radio frequency
  • the structure of the mobile phone shown in FIG. 4 does not constitute a limitation on the mobile phone, and it may include more or less components such as those shown in FIG. 4 or may be combined as shown in FIG. 4 Some of the components may be arranged differently than the components shown in FIG. 4.
  • the processor 30 is the control center of the mobile phone, and uses various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire mobile phone. By running or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 33, and calling data stored in the memory 33, various functions of the mobile phone and processing data are executed, so as to perform overall monitoring of the mobile phone.
  • the processor 30 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 30 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, application programs, etc.; the modem processor mainly processes wireless communication. It can be understood that, the foregoing modem processor may also be a processor that exists separately from the processor 30.
  • the RF circuit 31 can be used to receive and send signals during the process of sending and receiving information or talking. For example, after receiving the downlink information of the base station, it is processed by the processor 30; in addition, the uplink data is sent to the base station.
  • RF circuits include but are not limited to antennas, at least one amplifier, transceiver, coupler, low noise amplifier (LNA), and duplexer.
  • the mobile phone can also realize wireless communication with other devices in the network through the RF circuit 31.
  • Wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to global mobile communication system (global system of mobile communication (GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access access (CDMA), wideband code division multiple access (wideband code multiple access (WCDMA), LTE, e-mail and short message service (SMS), etc.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • LTE long term evolution
  • SMS short message service
  • the power supply 32 can be used to power various components of the mobile phone, and the power supply 32 can be a battery. Alternatively, the power supply may be logically connected to the processor 30 through the power management system, so as to realize functions such as charging, discharging, and power consumption management through the power management system.
  • the memory 33 may be used to store software programs and/or modules.
  • the processor 30 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone by running the software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 33.
  • the memory 33 may mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area, wherein the storage program area may store an operating system, application programs required by at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc.; the storage data area may store Data created by the use of mobile phones (such as audio data, image data, phonebooks, etc.), etc.
  • the memory 33 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage device.
  • the input unit 34 can be used to receive input digital or character information, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the mobile phone.
  • the input unit 34 may include a touch screen 341 and other input devices 342.
  • the touch screen 341 also known as a touch panel, can collect the user's touch operations on or near it (such as the user's operation of any suitable object or accessory such as a finger, stylus, etc. on or near the touch screen 341), and according to The preset program drives the corresponding connection device.
  • the touch screen 341 may include a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • the touch detection device detects the user's touch orientation, and detects the signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives touch information from the touch detection device and converts it into contact coordinates, and then sends To the processor 30, and can receive the command sent by the processor 30 and execute it.
  • the touch screen 341 may be implemented in various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic waves.
  • Other input devices 342 may include, but are not limited to, one or more of a physical keyboard, function keys (such as volume control keys, power switch keys, etc.), trackball, mouse, and joystick.
  • the display unit 35 can be used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user and various menus of the mobile phone.
  • the display unit 35 may include a display panel 351.
  • the display panel 351 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), or the like.
  • the touch screen 341 may cover the display panel 351, and when the touch screen 341 detects a touch operation on or near it, it is transmitted to the processor 30 to determine the type of touch event, and then the processor 30 is displayed on the display panel according to the type of touch event Provide corresponding visual output on 351.
  • the touch screen 341 and the display panel 351 are implemented as two independent components to realize the input and output functions of the mobile phone, in some embodiments, the touch screen 341 and the display panel 351 can be integrated to realize the input of the mobile phone And output functions.
  • the audio circuit 36, the speaker 361 and the microphone 362 are used to provide an audio interface between the user and the mobile phone.
  • the audio circuit 36 can transmit the converted electrical signal of the received audio data to the speaker 361, and the speaker 361 converts it into a sound signal and outputs it.
  • the microphone 362 converts the collected sound signal into an electrical signal, which is received by the audio circuit 36 and converted into audio data, and then outputs the audio data to the RF circuit 31 through the processor 30 to be sent to, for example, another mobile phone, or The audio data is output to the memory 33 through the processor 30 for further processing.
  • the mobile phone shown in FIG. 4 may further include various sensors.
  • the gyroscope sensor, the hygrometer sensor, the infrared sensor, the magnetometer sensor, etc. will not repeat them here.
  • the mobile phone shown in FIG. 4 may further include a Wi-Fi module, a Bluetooth module, and so on, which will not be repeated here.
  • the power headroom reporting method may include two implementations, one of which is: the first communication device reports the power headroom to the second communication device When reporting (ie, PHR, power headroom report), the power headroom report carries the indication information of the power headroom of the first communication device, so that the second communication device can determine the power headroom report according to the power headroom indication information What kind of power headroom is in the power headroom; another implementation is: the second communication device can configure the power headroom indication information for the first communication device, so that the first communication device can use the power headroom indication The information reports the corresponding power headroom (ie, the power headroom corresponding to the indication information of the power headroom) to the second communication device.
  • the first communication device reports the power headroom to the second communication device
  • the power headroom report carries the indication information of the power headroom of the first communication device, so that the second communication device can determine the power headroom report according to the power headroom indication information What kind of power headroom is in the power headroom
  • the second communication device can configure the power headroom
  • the first communication device may be a terminal device
  • the second communication device may be a base station or another terminal device, and the following embodiments will not be described.
  • the method for reporting the power headroom provided by the embodiment of the present application may include S101-S104:
  • the first communication device generates a power headroom report, where the power headroom report includes the power headroom of the first communication device and indication information of the power headroom.
  • the indication information of the power headroom is used to indicate the attribute of the power headroom of the first communication device.
  • the attributes of the power headroom may include any one or several of the following: link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, network attributes of the power headroom, and power headroom. Mixed attributes.
  • the above link attributes include the first link and/or the second link, that is, the power headroom of the first communication device is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, or the power headroom of the first communication device Is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, or the power headroom of the first communication device is the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, or the power of the first communication device
  • the margin is the sum of the power margins corresponding to the first link and the second link (that is, the total power margins corresponding to the first link and the second link).
  • the first link is a wireless access link (also called Uu port link) between the first communication device and the base station
  • the second link is between the first communication device and other terminal equipment Wireless direct link (also called sidelink link).
  • different links may be carried on different carriers, for example, the first link is carried on the first carrier, and the second link is carried on the second carrier.
  • the first communication device sends information on the first link on the first carrier, and sends information on the second link on the second carrier; different links can also be carried on the same carrier, such as the first link Both the channel and the second link are carried on the first carrier.
  • the first communication device is on the same carrier, and information is transmitted on the first link and the second link at the same time.
  • the first communication device may carry the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in different locations (for example, MAC in the following embodiment) Two different bytes in the report), the first communication device may also sum the power headroom corresponding to the two links to obtain the total power headroom, and then carry the total power headroom as a whole Report in a location (for example, a byte pair of MAC and CE in the following embodiment).
  • locations for example, MAC in the following embodiment
  • the first communication device may also sum the power headroom corresponding to the two links to obtain the total power headroom, and then carry the total power headroom as a whole Report in a location (for example, a byte pair of MAC and CE in the following embodiment).
  • the power headroom of the first communication device is the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link is carried in different locations and reported.
  • the power headroom of the first communication device is the first link
  • the sum of the power headrooms corresponding to the channel and the second link corresponds to the case where the sum of the two power headrooms is carried as a whole and reported at one location, and the following embodiments will not be described repeatedly.
  • the first standard may be LTE
  • the second standard may be 5G NR
  • the first standard network is an LTE network
  • the second standard network is a 5G NR network.
  • the first standard is For LTE
  • the second standard is 5G.
  • NR is used as an example to introduce the power headroom reporting method.
  • the first standard and the second standard may also be other existing or future network standards that will be defined. This is not specifically limited.
  • the cell attribute of the power headroom may include: the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells, and the cell attribute of the power headroom is mainly used to indicate that the power headroom corresponding to the second link reported by the first communication device is
  • the power headroom corresponding to a single cell is also the power headroom corresponding to multiple cells. It can be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, different cells correspond to different carriers, that is, different carriers carried by the first communication device are used to divide the cell where the first communication device is located.
  • the cell where the first communication device is located may include a primary cell (which may be denoted as PCell), a secondary cell (which may be denoted as SpCell), and other serving cells (which may be denoted as Serving Cell), where,
  • the primary cell refers to the primary cell corresponding to the primary base station of the first communication device
  • the secondary cell refers to the primary cell corresponding to the secondary base station of the first communication device
  • the other serving cells refer to the primary and secondary base stations except the primary cell Other service areas.
  • the cell in which the first communication device is located that is, a different wireless direct link
  • the channel carrier also corresponds to different cells.
  • different carriers on the wireless direct link may not be called cells, but defined as other names, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the network attributes of the power headroom may include: a wireless communication standard corresponding to the second link, and the wireless communication standard includes a first standard and/or a second standard, and refers to the first network standard and/or the second network standard.
  • the network attribute of the power headroom is mainly used to indicate whether the power headroom corresponding to the second link reported by the first communication device is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network or the second-standard network
  • the power headroom corresponding to the second link is also the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, or the second link in the first-standard network
  • the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network that is, the total power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network).
  • networks of different standards may be carried on different carriers, for example, network bearers of the first standard On the first carrier, the second-standard network is carried on the second carrier, and networks of different standards may also be carried on the same carrier, for example, both the first-standard network and the second-standard network are carried on the first carrier.
  • the first communication device may compare the power margin and the corresponding power margin of the second link in the first-standard network
  • the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network is carried in different locations (for example, two different byte pairs in the MAC and CE in the following embodiments) for reporting.
  • the first communication device may also report the two
  • the power headroom corresponding to the second link in a standard network is summed to obtain the total power headroom, and then the total power headroom is carried as a whole in a location (for example, a word of MAC CE in the following embodiment Report in section ).
  • the power headroom corresponding to the second link reported by the first communication device is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network is carried in different
  • the situation of reporting the position; the sum of the power headrooms corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network corresponds to the case of carrying the sum of the two power headrooms as a whole to report at one location, The following embodiments will not be repeated.
  • the mixed attribute of the above power headroom includes any one of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link
  • the corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link
  • the power headroom is the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link
  • the power headroom is the second link in the first-standard network
  • the corresponding power headroom and power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network
  • the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second
  • the first communication generating power headroom report includes determining various types of power headroom of the first communication device, and determining the power headroom indication information.
  • the power headroom of the first communication device is the difference between the maximum transmission power value of the first communication device and the power already used by the first communication device.
  • the power headroom of the first communication device indicates how much power the first communication device can use.
  • each cell it corresponds to a different carrier, and different carriers may correspond to different maximum transmission powers. Therefore, for the first communication device, if there are N cells corresponding to the first communication device, the first communication The device corresponds to N maximum transmit power values.
  • the N maximum transmit power values may be different or the same.
  • the first communication device sends a power headroom report to the second communication device.
  • the first communication device may send the power headroom report to the second communication device in different ways.
  • the power headroom report may be carried on different
  • the message existing message or new message
  • S102a may be specifically implemented through S102a:
  • the first communication device sends a power headroom report to the second communication device through a medium access control element (MAC).
  • MAC medium access control element
  • MAC CE is used as an example for description.
  • MAC CE does not constitute a limitation to the present invention, and the first communication device may also use other methods to the second communication device.
  • the first communication device sends the power headroom report through the MAC layer control element (that is, the MAC above).
  • the format of the MAC to send the power headroom report includes multiple , For example, single cell MAC CE, 8 cell MAC CE (for reporting power headroom of up to 8 cells) and 32 cell MAC CE (for reporting power headroom of up to 32 cells), single cell MAC is used to report the power headroom corresponding to the primary cell, MAC of 8 cells is used to report the power headroom report of the primary cell, the secondary cell and other serving cells, and MAC of the 32 cell is used to report the primary cell, the secondary cell and Power headroom reports for other serving cells.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of a single cell MAC CE structure.
  • the first line corresponds to one byte (that is, 8 bits)
  • the second line corresponds to one byte
  • the first two bits of the first line To reserve bits, the last six bits are used to carry power headroom.
  • the power headroom is the power headroom of the main cell (ie, PCell)
  • the type of the power headroom is Type 1, which is PH (Type 1, PCell).
  • the first two bits in the second row are reserved bits, and the last six bits are used to carry the maximum transmission power corresponding to the cell (ie, Pcell) where the first communication device is located (the maximum transmission power corresponding to the first communication device under the primary cell), That is, it is understood as the maximum transmission power corresponding to the carrier f of the serving cell c.
  • the type of the power headroom of the first communication device may be a power headroom (referred to as a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) for transmitting physical uplink shared channel (denoted as Type1), the power headroom (referred to as Type 2) for transmitting PUSCH and the physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH) and the power headroom (referred to as Type 3) for transmitting sounding reference signal (SRS).
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • Type 2 physical uplink shared channel
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • the power headroom of the first communication device can refer to the type of power headroom corresponding to the first link mentioned above.
  • the power headroom corresponding to the second link can also be divided or defined according to other rules, which can be determined according to the actual situation.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited.
  • the first communication device may carry the power headroom indication information of the first communication device in the reserved bits of the MAC CE (that is, the bits marked with "R" in FIG. 7), optional Yes, one or several bits in the MAC CE can be used for one of the attributes of carrying power headroom.
  • the attribute of the power headroom is a link attribute, a certain two bits in the reserved bits in FIG.
  • the power headroom corresponding to the second link is also the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link.
  • Table 1 below is an example of link attributes that add indication information to indicate power headroom in the two reserved bits.
  • the attribute of the power headroom is a cell attribute
  • indication information may be added to a certain bit in the reserved bits in FIG. 7 (for example, the first reserved bit in the first byte) to indicate the first communication Whether the power headroom corresponding to the second link reported by the device this time is a power headroom corresponding to a single cell or a power headroom corresponding to multiple cells.
  • the identifier "0" may be used to indicate that the power headroom corresponding to the second link is the power headroom corresponding to a single cell, and "1" is used to indicate that the power headroom corresponding to the second link is power headroom corresponding to multiple cells
  • the specific power headroom can be determined according to actual use requirements, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • Table 2 below is an example of a cell attribute in which indication information is added to a reserved bit to indicate a power headroom.
  • the network attributes and hybrid attributes of the power headroom can also be carried in the reserved bits of the MAC CE in a similar manner to the above-mentioned link attributes and cell attributes.
  • the attributes of the power headroom include the above-mentioned attributes
  • different reserved bits of the MAC and CE may be used to carry different attributes
  • the attributes of the power headroom include link attributes and cell attributes
  • the link attributes can be carried in the 2 reserved bits in the first row of the MAC CE, and the cell attributes in the first reserved bit in the second row. For details, see Table 1 and Table 2 above. The office will not elaborate.
  • every two bytes in the MAC corresponds to a cell, that is, two bytes are used to carry a power headroom.
  • the power headroom of a cell in the MAC CE The two bytes are called a byte pair.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the MAC of 8 cells.
  • the first line of the MAC includes cell indication information, as shown in C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6 or C7, taking C1 as an example, if the indication information at the position of C1 is "0", it means that the byte pair corresponding to C1 in the MAC does not carry the power headroom, if the indication information at the position of C1 "1" indicates that the byte pair corresponding to C1 in the MAC carries power headroom.
  • the MAC CE in addition to the first row, also includes 9 byte pairs, which can be used to carry the power headroom of 8 cells, and from the third byte pair, each The byte pairs correspond to C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, and C7 in sequence, where the first byte corresponds to the power headroom of SpCell and Type2 used to carry the first communication device, the second Bytes to the power headroom of PCell, Type1 used to carry the first communication device, and bytes 3 to 9 to carry a certain type of power headroom of other serving cells or other types of secondary cells
  • the power headroom can be carried in the third byte to the ninth byte according to the actual situation.
  • the power carried in the third byte to the ninth byte The margin is not specifically limited.
  • the bit marked “P” is used to indicate whether the first communication device has performed power backoff (that is, whether the power headroom has been scaled).
  • the bit “V” is used to indicate that the power headroom carried in the byte pair is the real power headroom or the virtual power headroom. These two bits cannot be used to carry the indication information of the power headroom.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a 32-cell MAC CE. Similar to FIG. 8, the MAC CE also includes cell indication information, such as C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, ... C31, in addition to the above cell indication information , MAC also includes 33 byte pairs, which can be used to carry the power headroom of 32 cells, and starting from the third byte pair, each byte pair is in turn in line with the above C1, C2 , C3, C4, C5, C6, ...
  • cell indication information such as C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, ... C31
  • the first byte is used to carry the power headroom of the SpCell and Type2 of the first communication device
  • the second byte is used to carry The power headrooms of the PCell and Type1 of the first communication device
  • the third byte to the 33rd byte pair carry a certain type of power headroom of other serving cells or other types of power headroom of the secondary cell.
  • the above description mainly refers to the format defined in the existing protocol for reporting the power headroom of the first link, for the reporting of the power headroom corresponding to the second link, or for the first chain
  • the MAC format of the CE can refer to the above description, but It does not constitute a restriction.
  • the above power headroom indication information when the power headroom of the first communication device includes the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, the above power headroom indication information also includes It may include: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC CE and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC CE. It can be understood that the position of the power headroom in the MAC CE here refers to which byte or pairs of the MAC headlight the power headroom is stored in.
  • the first communication device when the first communication device reports both the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, the first communication device may pair Carries the power headroom corresponding to the first link, carries the power headroom corresponding to the second link in another part of the bytes, and uses the indication information of the positions where the two power headrooms are stored as an indicator of the power headroom The information is sent to the base station.
  • the first communication device needs to report the power headroom of 7 cells, where the power headroom corresponding to the first link corresponds to 4 cells and the power headroom corresponding to the second link corresponds to 3 cells
  • the first A communication device adopts the above 8-cell MAC CE format (schematic diagram of the MAC MAC shown in FIG. 8), and the first communication device may carry the four cells corresponding to the first link in the byte pairs corresponding to C1-C4
  • the power headroom carries the power headroom of the three cells corresponding to the second link in the corresponding byte corresponding to C5-C7.
  • the indication information of the power headroom may also include: cell indication information of the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link, where the cell indication information is used to indicate in which cells to report the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link The sum, and/or the position of the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link in the MAC CE.
  • the indication information of the power headroom may also include: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network in the MAC In the location.
  • the indication information of the power headroom may further include: cell indication information of a sum of power headrooms corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network.
  • the cell indication information is used for Indicate which cells report the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network, and/or the second link in the first-standard network and the second-standard network The position of the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC CE.
  • the first communication device when the first communication device reports both the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, the first The communication device may carry the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in a part of the MAC byte pair of the CE, and carry the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network in another part of the byte,
  • the indication information of the positions where the two types of power headrooms are stored is also sent to the base station as the power headroom indication information.
  • the second link in the second-standard network If there are 5 cells, you can carry the power headroom of the 2 cells of the second link in the first-standard network in the byte pairs corresponding to C1 and C2, and the second standard in the byte pairs corresponding to C3-C7 The power headroom of the 5 cells of the second link in the network.
  • the power headroom reporting method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include S1011:
  • the first communication device determines the format of the MAC according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and cells corresponding to the second link.
  • the format of the MAC specified in the existing communication protocol includes the above single-cell, 8-cell, and 32-cell MAC CEs.
  • the first communication device reports the power headroom report through the MAC, it can choose to satisfy the use The format of the required MAC CE.
  • the first communication device determines the format of the MAC according to the total number of cells that need to report the power headroom. The total number of the cells is the cell corresponding to the first link of the first communication device And the number of cells corresponding to the second link of the first communication device.
  • the above-mentioned single cell, 8 cell, and 32 cell MAC CE formats only refer to the MAC of the first link defined in the existing protocol as a reference format, and do not constitute a limitation on the embodiments of the present application.
  • the format of the MAC CE can have a new definition.
  • the second communication device receives the power headroom report sent by the first communication device.
  • the power headroom report includes the power headroom of the first communication device and the indication information of the power headroom, same as the above S101, the power headroom indication information is used to indicate the attribute of the power headroom of the first communication device .
  • the second communication device if the first communication device sends a power headroom report to the second communication device through MAC CE, accordingly, the second communication device also receives the power headroom sent by the first communication device through MAC Quantity report, and the indication information of power headroom can be obtained from the reserved bits of MAC CE.
  • the second communication device determines the power headroom corresponding to the power headroom indication information in the power headroom report according to the power headroom indication information.
  • the second communication device may obtain the power headroom indication information in the power headroom report, and may determine the power headroom report according to the power headroom indication information What power headroom corresponds to the power headroom in.
  • the second communication device may determine that the power headroom reported by the first communication device is the power corresponding to the first link according to the attribute of the link
  • the headroom is also the power headroom corresponding to the second link.
  • the indication information indicating the link attribute is "00"
  • it can be known that the power headroom reported by the first communication is the power corresponding to the first link
  • the margin does not include the power margin corresponding to the second link.
  • the second communication The device may determine which byte pairs of the MAC CE carry the power margin corresponding to the first link and which byte pairs carry the power margin corresponding to the second link according to the position in the indication information of the power margin.
  • the second communication device can determine which byte pairs in the MAC carry the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the network of the first standard and which words in the MAC according to the position in the power margin indication information The node pair carries the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
  • the base station may allocate uplink transmission resources to the first communication device according to the power headroom of the first communication device;
  • the terminal device may use the result of the channel quality measured by the terminal device and the power headroom of the first communication device it receives, Request the first communication device to adjust the transmission power.
  • the terminal device may request the first communication device to increase the transmission power; on the contrary, if the measurement The channel quality of is very good (in this case, the terminal device may not refer to the power margin of the first communication device), then the terminal may suggest that the first communication device reduce the transmission power.
  • the method for reporting the power headroom provided by the embodiment of the present application, because when the first communication device reports the power headroom of the first communication device to the second communication device, the first communication device may generate a power headroom including the power headroom and the power headroom Indicating the power headroom report of the information and sending the power headroom report to the second communication device, so that the base station can determine which power headroom is reported by the first communication device according to the received power headroom indication information, and therefore, it can More flexible to realize the reporting of different power margins.
  • the method for reporting the power headroom may include S201-S204:
  • the second communication device generates power headroom indication information, where the power headroom indication information is used to indicate the attribute of the power headroom of the first communication device.
  • the attributes of the power headroom may include any one or several of the following: link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, network attributes of the power headroom, and power headroom. Mixed attributes.
  • the above link attributes include the first link and the second link, that is, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, or the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link
  • the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link
  • the power headroom is the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link.
  • the first link is a wireless access link (also called Uu port link) between the first communication device and the base station
  • the second link is between the first communication device and other terminal equipment Wireless direct link (also called sidelink link).
  • the cell attribute of the power headroom may include: the second link corresponds to a single cell or multiple cells, and the cell attribute of the power headroom is mainly used to indicate that the power headroom corresponding to the second link is the power headroom corresponding to the single cell Is also the power headroom corresponding to multiple cells, and the cell refers to the cell where the first communication device is located.
  • the network attribute of the power headroom may include: a wireless communication standard corresponding to the second link, and the wireless communication standard includes the first standard and/or the second standard.
  • the network attribute of the power headroom is mainly used to indicate whether the power headroom corresponding to the second link is the power headroom corresponding to the first-standard network, the power headroom corresponding to the second-standard network, or the power corresponding to the first-standard network.
  • the headroom and the power headroom corresponding to the second-standard network are also the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network.
  • the mixed attribute of the above power headroom includes any one of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link
  • the corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link
  • the power headroom is the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link
  • the power headroom is the second link in the first-standard network
  • the corresponding power headroom and power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network
  • the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second
  • the power headroom and power headroom corresponding to the second link are the sum of the power headrooms corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network.
  • the second communication device configures power headroom indication information for the first communication device.
  • the purpose of the second communication device configuring the power headroom indication information for the first communication device is to notify the first communication device to the second communication device according to the power headroom indication information configured by the second communication device Report the corresponding power headroom.
  • the method for the second communication device to configure the power headroom indication information for the first communication device may be: the second communication device may send the first communication device to the first communication device through an existing message or signaling For the power headroom indication information, the second communication device may also send the power headroom indication information to the first communication device through other new messages, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the above power headroom indication information may further include: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC , That is, the second communication device may indicate to the first communication device which byte pairs of the MAC carry the power headroom corresponding to the first link and which byte pairs carry the power headroom corresponding to the second link .
  • the indication information of the power headroom may further include: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network in the MAC
  • the position of the second communication device that is, the second communication device may indicate to the first communication device which byte pairs of the MAC carry the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and in which byte pairs the second-standard network The power headroom corresponding to the second link in.
  • the indication information of the power headroom may further include: cell indication information of the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link and/or the power corresponding to the first link and the second link The location of the sum of the margins in the MAC CE; or, the cell indication information of the sum of the power margins corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network and/or the first-standard network The position of the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the medium and the second link in the second-standard network in the MAC CE.
  • the indication information of the power headroom may further include: MAC format indication information of the CE, which is used to indicate that the MAC is determined according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and the cells corresponding to the second link CE format.
  • the first communication device obtains the indication information of the power headroom configured by the second communication device.
  • the first communication device sends a power headroom report to the second communication device according to the power headroom indication information, where the power headroom report includes the power headroom of the first communication device.
  • S204 may be specifically implemented through S204a-S204b:
  • the first communication device generates a power headroom report according to the power headroom indication information, where the power headroom report includes the power headroom corresponding to the power headroom indication information.
  • the first communication device generating the power headroom report according to the power headroom indication information refers to the first communication device determining the power headroom corresponding to the power headroom indication information.
  • the first communication device determines the first link The power headroom corresponding to the channel and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, that is, the power headroom report is generated.
  • the method for the first communication device to determine the power headroom reference may be made to the related description in S101 above, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the first communication device sends a power headroom report to the second communication device through the MAC CE.
  • the first communication device when the power headroom report generated by the first communication device includes the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, the first communication device Instruction information, add the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC, and add the power corresponding to the second link at the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link margin.
  • the first communication device For the power headroom indication information, add the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network to the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC. In the second-standard network, The power headroom corresponding to the second link is added to the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
  • the method for reporting the power headroom provided by the embodiment of the present application, because the second communication device can generate the indication information of the power headroom and configure the indication information of the power headroom to the first communication device, so that the first communication device can generate the Configure the power headroom corresponding to the indication information of the power headroom, and report the power headroom to the second communication device.
  • the first communication device does not need to send the power headroom indication information. Therefore, the power headroom can be implemented more flexibly Escalate.
  • any implementation manner can be selected to report the power headroom.
  • each network element such as the first communication device and the second communication device, includes a hardware structure and/or a software module corresponding to each function.
  • each network element such as the first communication device and the second communication device
  • each network element includes a hardware structure and/or a software module corresponding to each function.
  • the embodiments of the present invention can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed by hardware or computer software driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiments of the present invention may divide the first communication device, the second communication device, etc. into functional modules according to the above method examples.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated in In a processing module.
  • the above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of the modules in the embodiment of the present invention is schematic, and is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
  • FIG. 13 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the first communication device involved in the above embodiment.
  • the first communication device 1000 may include : Generate module 1001 and send module 1002.
  • the generating module 1001 may be used to support the first communication device 1000 to execute S101 in the above method embodiment;
  • the sending module 1002 may be used to support the first communication device 1000 to execute S102 (including S102a) in the above method embodiment; optionally,
  • the first communication device 1000 may further include a determination module 1003, and the determination module 1003 may be used to support the first communication device 1000 to perform S1011 in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • all relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiments can be referred to the function description of the corresponding function module, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 14 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the first communication device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the first communication device 2000 may include a processing module 2001 and a communication module 2002.
  • the processing module 2001 may be used to control and manage the actions of the first communication device 2000.
  • the processing module 2001 may be used to support the first communication device 2000 to execute S101 and S1011 in the above method embodiments, and/or used in this document. Other processes of the described technology.
  • the communication module 2002 may be used to support communication between the first communication device 2000 and other network entities.
  • the communication module 2002 may be used to support the first communication device 2000 to perform S102 (including S102a) in the above method embodiments.
  • the first communication device 2000 may further include a storage module 2003 for storing program codes and data of the first communication device 2000.
  • the processing module 2001 may be a processor or a controller (for example, the processor 30 shown in FIG. 4), for example, a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, or a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any of them combination. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the above processor may also be a combination that realizes a calculation function, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • the communication module 2002 may be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a communication interface, or the like (for example, it may be the above-mentioned RF circuit 31 shown in FIG. 4).
  • the storage module 2003 may be a memory (for example, the above-mentioned memory 33 shown in FIG. 4).
  • the processing module 2001 is a processor
  • the communication module 2002 is a transceiver
  • the storage module 2003 is a memory
  • the processor, the transceiver, and the memory may be connected through a bus.
  • the bus may be a peripheral component interconnection (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus, etc.
  • PCI peripheral component interconnection
  • EISA extended industry standard architecture
  • the bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on.
  • FIG. 15 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the second communication device involved in the above embodiment.
  • the second communication device 3000 may include : Receiving module 3001 and determining module 3002.
  • the receiving module 3001 may be used to support the second communication device 3000 to execute S103 in the above method embodiment; the determination module 3002 may be used to support the second communication device 3000 to execute S104 in the above method embodiment.
  • all relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiments can be referred to the function description of the corresponding function module, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 16 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the second communication device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the second communication device 4000 may include: a processing module 4001 and a communication module 4002.
  • the processing module 4001 may be used to control and manage the actions of the second communication device 4000.
  • the processing module 4001 may be used to support the second communication device 4000 to execute S104 in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication module 4002 may be used to support communication between the second communication device 4000 and other network entities.
  • the communication module 4002 may be used to support the second communication device 4000 to perform S103 in the above method embodiment.
  • the second communication device 4000 may further include a storage module 4003 for storing program codes and data of the second communication device 4000.
  • the processing module 4001 may be a processor or a controller (for example, it may be the processor in Part 21 shown in FIG. 3 above), for example, it may be a CPU, general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA, or other programmable logic Devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the above processor may also be a combination that realizes a calculation function, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of DSP and microprocessor, and so on.
  • the communication module 4002 may be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a communication interface, or the like (for example, it may be the above-mentioned radio frequency unit in part 20 shown in FIG. 3).
  • the storage module 4003 may be a memory (for example, it may be the memory in section 21 shown in FIG. 3 described above).
  • the processing module 4001 is a processor
  • the communication module 4002 is a transceiver
  • the storage module 4003 is a memory
  • the processor, the transceiver, and the memory may be connected through a bus.
  • the bus may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus.
  • the bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on.
  • FIG. 17 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the second communication device involved in the above embodiment.
  • the second communication device 5000 may include : Generation module 5001 and configuration module 5002.
  • the generating module 5001 may be used to support the second communication device 5000 to execute S201 in the above method embodiment;
  • the configuration module 5002 may be used to support the second communication device 5000 to execute S202 in the above method embodiment.
  • all relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiments can be referred to the function description of the corresponding function module, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 18 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the second communication device involved in the above embodiment.
  • the second communication device 6000 may include a processing module 6001 and a communication module 6002.
  • the processing module 6001 may be used to control and manage the actions of the second communication device 6000.
  • the processing module 6001 may be used to support the second communication device 6000 to execute S201 and S202 in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication module 6002 may be used to support communication between the second communication device 6000 and other network entities.
  • the second communication device 6000 may further include a storage module 6003 for storing program codes and data of the second communication device 6000.
  • the processing module 6001 may be a processor or a controller (for example, may be the processor in Part 21 shown in FIG. 3 above), for example, it may be a CPU, general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA, or other programmable logic Devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the above processor may also be a combination that realizes a calculation function, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of DSP and microprocessor, and so on.
  • the communication module 6002 may be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a communication interface, or the like (for example, it may be the above-mentioned radio frequency unit in part 20 shown in FIG. 3).
  • the storage module 6003 may be a memory (for example, it may be the memory in section 21 shown in FIG. 3 described above).
  • the processing module 6001 is a processor
  • the communication module 6002 is a transceiver
  • the storage module 6003 is a memory
  • the processor, the transceiver, and the memory may be connected through a bus.
  • the bus may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus.
  • the bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on.
  • FIG. 19 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the first communication device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the first communication device 7000 may include : Get module 7001 and send module 7002.
  • the obtaining module 7001 may be used to support the first communication device 7000 to execute S203 in the above method embodiment;
  • the sending module 7002 may be used to support the first communication device 7000 to execute S204 (including S204b) in the above method embodiment.
  • the first communication device 7000 may further include a generation module 7003 and an addition module 7004.
  • the generation module 7003 is used to support the first communication device 7000 to execute S204a in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the adding module 7004 is used to support the first communication device 7000 to perform the above method embodiment to add the power margin corresponding to the first link in the position of the power margin corresponding to the first link in the MAC and corresponding to the second link Add the power headroom corresponding to the second link to the position of the power headroom, or perform the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC and add the second link in the first-standard network
  • FIG. 20 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the first communication device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the first communication device 8000 may include: a processing module 8001 and a communication module 8002.
  • the processing module 8001 may be used to control and manage the actions of the first communication device 8000.
  • the processing module 8001 may be used to support the first communication device 8000 to execute S203 and S204a in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication module 8002 may be used to support communication between the first communication device 8000 and other network entities.
  • the communication module 8002 may be used to support the first communication device 8000 to perform S204 (including S204b) in the above method embodiments.
  • the first communication device 8000 may further include a storage module 8003 for storing program codes and data of the first communication device 8000.
  • the processing module 8001 may be a processor or a controller (for example, the processor 30 shown in FIG. 4 above), for example, a CPU, a general-purpose processor, a DSP, an ASIC, an FPGA, or other programmable logic devices, transistors Logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the above processor may also be a combination that realizes a calculation function, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of DSP and microprocessor, and so on.
  • the communication module 8002 may be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a communication interface, or the like (for example, it may be the above-mentioned RF circuit 31 shown in FIG. 4).
  • the storage module 8003 may be a memory (for example, the above-mentioned memory 33 shown in FIG. 4).
  • the processing module 8001 is a processor
  • the communication module 8002 is a transceiver
  • the storage module 8003 is a memory
  • the processor, the transceiver, and the memory may be connected through a bus.
  • the bus may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus.
  • the bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center via wire (Such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (digital subscriber line, DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device including one or more available media integrated servers, data centers, and the like.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, magnetic disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, digital video disc (DVD)), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state drives (SSD)), etc. .
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a division of logical functions.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each of the embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units are integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application may essentially be part of or contribute to the existing technology, or all or part of the technical solutions may be embodied in the form of software products, and the computer software products are stored in a storage
  • the medium includes several instructions to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) or processor to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the foregoing storage media include: flash memory, mobile hard disk, read-only memory, random access memory, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

Abstract

The embodiments of the present application provide a method for reporting power headroom, device and system, which relate to the field of communication, and can more flexibly achieve reporting of power headroom. The method comprises: a first communication device generates a power headroom report, the power headroom report comprises a power headroom of the first communication device and indication information of the power headroom, the indication information of the power headroom is used to indicate the attribute of the power headroom; and the first communication device sends the power headroom report to a second communication device.

Description

一种功率余量的上报方法及装置Method and device for reporting power margin
本申请要求于2018年12月05日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为201811482555.9、申请名称为“一种功率余量的上报方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires the priority of the Chinese patent application submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on December 05, 2018, with the application number 201811482555.9 and the application name "a method and device for reporting power headroom", the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference In this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种功率余量的上报方法及装置。Embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and device for reporting power headroom.
背景技术Background technique
在通信技术领域,基站与用户设备(user equipment,UE)通信的过程中,基站对UE进行上行调度实现通信。In the field of communication technology, during communication between a base station and a user equipment (UE), the base station performs uplink scheduling on the UE to achieve communication.
基站对UE进行上行调度的一种方法可以为:基站根据UE的功率余量(即PH,power headroom)为UE分配上行传输资源,也可以理解为基站根据UE自身的能力为UE分配上行传输资源,从而UE根据为其分配的上行传输资源完成上行数据传输。具体的,UE确定出该UE的功率余量之后,UE向基站上报该UE的功率余量,进而基站根据UE的功率余量为UE分配上行传输资源。例如,UE的功率余量较小时,基站在对UE进行调度时,为UE分配比较少的上行传输资源,如此,可以节省资源;UE的功率余量较大时,基站可以为UE分配更多的上行传输资源,如此,可以提高UE的上行传输速率。One method for the base station to perform uplink scheduling on the UE may be: the base station allocates uplink transmission resources to the UE according to the UE's power headroom (ie, PH, power headroom), or it may be understood that the base station allocates uplink transmission resources to the UE according to the UE's own capabilities , So that the UE completes uplink data transmission according to the uplink transmission resources allocated to it. Specifically, after the UE determines the power headroom of the UE, the UE reports the power headroom of the UE to the base station, and then the base station allocates uplink transmission resources to the UE according to the power headroom of the UE. For example, when the power headroom of the UE is small, the base station allocates less uplink transmission resources to the UE when scheduling the UE, so that resources can be saved; when the power headroom of the UE is larger, the base station can allocate more to the UE In this way, the uplink transmission resources of the UE can increase the uplink transmission rate of the UE.
但是,上述方法中,UE上报的功率余量是UE与基站之间的Uu口链路的功率余量,而随着通信技术的发展,在引入D2D通信或V2X通信之后,UE的通信链路可能还包括UE与其他终端设备(例如车载单元)之间的链路(即sidelink链路),在这种情况下,UE如何上报该UE的功率余量,是一个亟需解决的问题。However, in the above method, the power margin reported by the UE is the power margin of the Uu port link between the UE and the base station, and with the development of communication technology, after the introduction of D2D communication or V2X communication, the communication link of the UE It may also include a link (ie, a sidelink link) between the UE and other terminal equipment (such as a vehicle-mounted unit). In this case, how the UE reports the power headroom of the UE is an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种功率余量的上报方法、装置及系统,能够更加灵活地实现功率余量的上报。Embodiments of the present application provide a method, device, and system for reporting power headroom, which can more flexibly implement power headroom reporting.
为达到上述目的,本申请实施例采用如下技术方案:To achieve the above purpose, the embodiments of the present application adopt the following technical solutions:
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种功率余量的上报方法,该方法可以包括:第一通信装置生成功率余量报告,该功率余量报告中包括第一通信装置的功率余量和功率余量的指示信息,该功率余量的指示信息用于指示功率余量的属性;并且第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送该功率余量报告。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for reporting a power headroom. The method may include: a first communication device generates a power headroom report, and the power headroom report includes the power headroom and power of the first communication device Indication information of the headroom, the indication information of the power headroom is used to indicate the attribute of the power headroom; and the first communication device sends the power headroom report to the second communication device.
本申请实施例提供的功率余量的上报方法,由于第一通信装置向第二通信装置上报该第一通信装置的功率余量时,第一通信装置可以生成包括功率余量以及功率余量的指示信息的功率余量报告,并向第二通信装置发送该功率余量报告,从而第二通信装置可以根据其接收到的功率余量的指示信息确定第一通信装置上报了哪些功率余量,因此,能够更加灵活地实现不同的功率余量的上报。The method for reporting the power headroom provided by the embodiment of the present application, because when the first communication device reports the power headroom of the first communication device to the second communication device, the first communication device may generate a power headroom including the power headroom and the power headroom Indicating the power headroom report of the information and sending the power headroom report to the second communication device, so that the second communication device can determine which power headroom is reported by the first communication device according to the received power headroom indication information, Therefore, reporting of different power headrooms can be more flexibly achieved.
在第一方面的第一种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的属性包括下述任一项或 任几项:功率余量的链路属性、功率余量的小区属性、功率余量的网络属性、功率余量的混合属性。In a first optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the attributes of the power headroom include any one or several of the following: link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, and power headroom The mixed attributes of network attributes and power headroom.
其中,功率余量的链路属性包括第一链路和\或第二链路,第一链路为第一通信装置与基站之间的无线接入链路,第二链路为第一通信装置与其他终端设备之间的无线直连链路;功率余量的小区属性包括第二链路对应的小区是单小区或多小区;功率余量的网络属性包括第二链路的无线通信制式;功率余量的混合属性包括下述任一种:功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量。The link attribute of the power headroom includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and the base station, and the second link is the first communication The wireless direct link between the device and other terminal equipment; the cell attribute of the power headroom includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells; the network attribute of the power headroom includes the wireless communication standard of the second link ; The mixed attribute of power headroom includes any of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link The corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and the power headroom is corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network. The power headroom and the power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
本申请实施例中,上述功率余量的链路属性可以指示第一通信装置的功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量,或者第一通信装置的功率余量为第二链路对应的功率余量,或者第一通信装置的功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量,又或者第一通信装置的功率余量为第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和(也就是,第一链路和第二链路对应的总的功率余量)。In the embodiment of the present application, the link attribute of the power headroom may indicate that the power headroom of the first communication device is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, or the power headroom of the first communication device is the second link. The power headroom of the first communication device, or the power headroom of the first communication device is the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, or the power headroom of the first communication device is the first link The sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link (that is, the total power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link).
上述功率余量的小区属性主要用于指示第一通信装置上报的第二链路对应的功率余量是单个小区对应的功率余量,还是多个小区对应的功率余量。The cell attribute of the above power headroom is mainly used to indicate whether the power headroom corresponding to the second link reported by the first communication device is the power headroom corresponding to a single cell or the power headroom corresponding to multiple cells.
上述无线通信制式包括第一制式和\或第二制式,指的是第一网络制式和\或第二网络制式,上述第一制式可以为LTE,第二制式可以为5G NR。如此,功率余量的网络属性主要是用于指示第一通信装置上报的第二链路对应的功率余量是第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量,还是第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量,还是第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量,还是第一制式网络中第二链路与第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量之和(也就是,第一制式网络中第二链路和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的总的功率余量)。The above wireless communication standard includes a first standard and/or a second standard, which refers to a first network standard and/or a second network standard. The first standard may be LTE, and the second standard may be 5GNR. In this way, the network attribute of the power headroom is mainly used to indicate whether the power headroom corresponding to the second link reported by the first communication device is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network or the second-standard network The power headroom corresponding to the second link is also the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, or the second link in the first-standard network The sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network (that is, the total power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network).
上述功率余量的混合属性还可以包括:功率余量为第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和,或者,第一制式网络中第二链路与第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量之和。The above-mentioned mixed property of the power headroom may further include: the power headroom is the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link, or the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network The sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可选的实现方式,在第一方面的第二种可选的实现方式中,上述第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送功率余量报告的方法可以包括:第一通信装置通过MAC CE向第二通信装置发送功率余量报告。With reference to the first aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the first aspect, in a second optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the method for the first communication device to send a power headroom report to the second communication device It may include that the first communication device sends the power headroom report to the second communication device through the MAC and CE.
本申请实施例中,在通信协议中,发送功率余量报告的MAC CE的格式包括多种,例如,单小区的MAC CE,8小区的MAC CE(用于上报最多8个小区的功率余量)以及32小区的MAC CE(用于上报最多32个小区的功率余量),单小区的MAC CE用于上报主小区对应的功率余量,8小区的MAC CE用于上报主小区、辅小区以及其他服务小区的功率余量报告,32小区的MAC CE用于上报主小区、辅小区以及其他服务小区的功率余量报告。In the embodiment of the present application, in the communication protocol, the format of the MAC for transmitting the power headroom report includes multiple types, for example, the MAC of a single cell, the MAC of 8 cells (used to report the power headroom of up to 8 cells) ) And the MAC of the 32 cells (for reporting the power headroom of up to 32 cells), the MAC of the single cell is used to report the power headroom corresponding to the primary cell, and the MAC of the 8 cell is used to report the primary cell and the secondary cell As well as the power headroom reports of other serving cells, the MAC of the 32 cells is used to report the power headroom reports of the primary cell, the secondary cell, and other serving cells.
需要强调的是,上述可以通过MAC CE发送功率余量报告,但是,MAC CE并不构成对本申请实施例的限制,第一通信装置也可以使用别的方式向第二通信装置发送 功率余量报告。It should be emphasized that the above can send a power headroom report through MAC CE, but MAC does not constitute a limitation on the embodiment of the present application, the first communication device may also use other methods to send the power headroom report to the second communication device .
结合第一方面的第二种可选的实现方式,在第一方面的第三种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的指示信息携带在MAC CE的预留位中。With reference to the second optional implementation manner of the first aspect, in a third optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the foregoing power headroom indication information is carried in the reserved bits of the MAC CE.
本申请实施例中,可以将MAC CE中的预留位中的一位或者几位用于携带功率余量的属性中的某一种,若功率余量的属性包括上述几种属性时,可以采用MAC CE的不同预留位携带不同的属性。并且,可以使用MAC CE中每两个字节(称为一个字节对)携带一种功率余量。In the embodiment of the present application, one or several of the reserved bits in the MAC may be used for one of the attributes of carrying the power headroom. If the attribute of the power headroom includes the above several attributes, it may be Different reserved bits using MAC CE carry different attributes. Also, every two bytes (called a byte pair) in the MAC can be used to carry a power headroom.
结合第一方面的第二种可选的实现方式或第一方面的第三种可选的实现方式,在第一方面的第四种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量包括第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量时,该功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置。功率余量包括第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量时,上述功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置。With reference to the second optional implementation manner of the first aspect or the third optional implementation manner of the first aspect, in a fourth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the above power headroom includes the first chain When the power headroom corresponding to the path and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, the indication information of the power headroom may further include: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC and the second link The position of the power headroom in the MAC CE. When the power headroom includes the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, the indication information of the power headroom may further include: the first-standard network The position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC in the CE and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network in the MAC.
本申请实施例中,第一通信装置既要上报第一链路对应的功率余量,也要上报第二链路对应的功率余量时,第一通信装置可以在MAC CE的部分字节对中携带第一链路对应的功率余量,在另一部分字节对中携带第二链路对应的功率余量。同理,第一通信装置既要上报第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量,也要上报第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量时,可以在MAC CE的部分字节对中携带第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量,在另一部分字节对中携带第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量,如此,能够更加清晰地向第二通信装置指示不同的功率余量。In the embodiment of the present application, when the first communication device reports both the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, the first communication device may pair Carries the power headroom corresponding to the first link, and carries the power headroom corresponding to the second link in another part of the byte pair. Similarly, when the first communication device needs to report the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, it also needs to report the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network. The byte pair carries the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and the other part of the byte pair carries the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network. The second communication device indicates different power headrooms.
一种可能的实现方式中,当第一通信装置上报的功率余量为第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和时,上述功率余量的指示信息中还可以包括:第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和的小区指示信息,该小区指示信息用于指示在哪些小区上报第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和,和/或第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和在MAC CE中的位置。In a possible implementation, when the power headroom reported by the first communication device is the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link, the indication information of the power headroom may further include: Cell indication information of the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link, the cell indication information is used to indicate in which cells the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link is reported, and/or Or the position of the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link in the MAC CE.
一种可能的实现方式中,当第一通信装置的功率余量包括第一制式网络中第二链路与第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量之和时,上述功率余量的指示信息中还可以包括:第一制式网络中第二链路与第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量之和的小区指示信息,该小区指示信息用于指示在哪些小区上报第一制式网络中第二链路与第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量之和,和/或第一制式网络中第二链路与第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量之和在MAC CE中的位置。In a possible implementation, when the power headroom of the first communication device includes the sum of the power headrooms corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network, the above-mentioned power headroom The indication information may further include: cell indication information of a sum of power headrooms of the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network, and the cell indication information is used to indicate in which cells to report The sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network, and/or the second link in the first-standard network corresponds to the second link in the second-standard network The sum of the power headroom in the MAC CE position.
结合第一方面的第二种可选的实现方式至第一方面的第四种可选的实现方式中的任意之一,在第一方面的第五种可选的实现方式中,本申请实施例提供的功率余量的上报方法还可以包括:第一通信装置根据第一链路对应的小区和第二链路对应的小区的总数量,确定MAC CE的格式。With reference to any one of the second optional implementation manner of the first aspect to the fourth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, in a fifth optional implementation manner of the first aspect, the present application is implemented The power headroom reporting method provided in the example may further include: the first communication device determines the format of the MAC according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and cells corresponding to the second link.
本申请实施例中,现有的通信协议中规定的MAC CE的格式包括上述单小区、8小区以及32小区的MAC CE,第一通信装置通过MAC CE上报功率余量报告时,可 以选择满足使用需求的MAC CE的格式,具体的,第一通信装置根据需要上报功率余量的小区的总数量确定MAC CE的格式,该小区的总数量为第一通信装置的第一链路对应的小区的数量与第一通信装置的第二链路对应的小区的数量之和。In the embodiment of the present application, the format of the MAC specified in the existing communication protocol includes the above single-cell, 8-cell, and 32-cell MAC CEs. When the first communication device reports the power headroom report through the MAC, it can choose to satisfy the use The format of the required MAC CE, specifically, the first communication device determines the format of the MAC according to the total number of cells that need to report the power headroom, the total number of the cells is the cell corresponding to the first link of the first communication device The number is the sum of the number of cells corresponding to the second link of the first communication device.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种功率余量的上报方法,该方法可以包括:第二通信装置接收第一通信装置发送的功率余量报告,该功率余量报告中包括第一通信装置的功率余量和该功率余量的指示信息,该功率余量的指示信息用于指示功率余量的属性;并且第二通信装置根据功率余量的指示信息,确定功率余量报告中与功率余量的指示信息对应的功率余量。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for reporting power headroom. The method may include: a second communication device receives a power headroom report sent by a first communication device, and the power headroom report includes the first communication device The power headroom and the indication information of the power headroom, the power headroom indication information is used to indicate the attribute of the power headroom; and the second communication device determines the power headroom report and the power according to the power headroom indication information The power headroom corresponding to the indication information of the headroom.
在第二方面的第一种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的属性包括下述任一项或任几项:功率余量的链路属性、功率余量的小区属性、功率余量的网络属性、功率余量的混合属性。In a first optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the attributes of the power headroom include any one or several of the following: link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, and power headroom The mixed attributes of network attributes and power headroom.
其中,功率余量的链路属性包括第一链路和\或第二链路,第一链路为第一通信装置与基站之间的无线接入链路,第二链路为第一通信装置与其他终端设备之间的无线直连链路;功率余量的小区属性包括第二链路对应的小区是单小区或多小区;功率余量的网络属性包括第二链路的无线通信制式;功率余量的混合属性包括下述任一种:功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量。The link attribute of the power headroom includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and the base station, and the second link is the first communication The wireless direct link between the device and other terminal equipment; the cell attribute of the power headroom includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells; the network attribute of the power headroom includes the wireless communication standard of the second link ; The mixed attribute of power headroom includes any of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link The corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and the power headroom is corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network. The power headroom and the power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可选的实现方式,在第二方面的第二种可选的实现方式中,上述第二通信装置接收第一通信装置发送的功率余量报告的方法可以包括:第二通信装置通过MAC CE接收第一通信装置发送的功率余量报告。With reference to the second aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the second aspect, in a second optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the second communication device receives the power headroom report sent by the first communication device. The method may include that the second communication device receives the power headroom report sent by the first communication device through the MAC.
第二方面的第二种可选的实现方式,在第二方面的第三种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的指示信息携带在MAC CE的预留位中。In a second optional implementation manner of the second aspect, in a third optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the above power headroom indication information is carried in the reserved bits of the MAC CE.
第二方面的第二种可选的实现方式或第二方面的第三种可选的实现方式,在第二方面的第四种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量包括第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量时,功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置。功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量时,功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置。In a second optional implementation manner of the second aspect or a third optional implementation manner of the second aspect, in a fourth optional implementation manner of the second aspect, the power headroom includes the first link When the corresponding power headroom and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, the indication information of the power headroom may further include: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC and the power corresponding to the second link The position of the margin in the MAC CE. When the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, the indication information of the power headroom may further include: The position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network in the MAC.
第二方面的相关内容和技术效果的描述,可以参见上述对第一方面的相关内容和技术效果的描述,此处不再赘述。For the description of the related content and technical effects of the second aspect, please refer to the above description of the related content and technical effects of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种功率余量的上报方法,该方法可以包括:第二通信装置生成功率余量的指示信息,该功率余量的指示信息用于指示第一通信装置的功率余量的属性;并且第二通信装置为第一通信装置配置功率余量的指示信息。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for reporting a power headroom. The method may include: the second communication device generates indication information of the power headroom, and the indication information of the power headroom is used to indicate the The attribute of the power headroom; and the second communication device configures the indication information of the power headroom for the first communication device.
本申请实施例提供的功率余量的上报方法,由于第二通信装置可以生成功率余量的指示信息,并向第一通信装置配置该功率余量的指示信息,从而第一通信装置可以 生成与配置的功率余量的指示信息对应的功率余量,并向第二通信装置上报功率余量,第一通信装置无需再发送功率余量的指示信息,因此,能够更加灵活地实现功率余量的上报。The method for reporting the power headroom provided by the embodiment of the present application, because the second communication device can generate the indication information of the power headroom and configure the indication information of the power headroom to the first communication device, so that the first communication device can generate the Configure the power headroom corresponding to the indication information of the power headroom, and report the power headroom to the second communication device. The first communication device does not need to send the power headroom indication information. Therefore, the power headroom can be implemented more flexibly Escalate.
在第三方面的第一种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的属性包括下述任一项或任几项:功率余量的链路属性、功率余量的小区属性、功率余量的网络属性、功率余量的混合属性。In a first optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the attributes of the power headroom include any one or several of the following: link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, and power headroom The mixed attributes of network attributes and power headroom.
其中,功率余量的链路属性包括第一链路和\或第二链路,第一链路为第一通信装置与基站之间的无线接入链路,第二链路为第一通信装置与其他终端设备之间的无线直连链路;功率余量的小区属性包括第二链路对应的小区是单小区或多小区;功率余量的网络属性包括第二链路的无线通信制式;功率余量的混合属性包括下述任一种:功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量。The link attribute of the power headroom includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and the base station, and the second link is the first communication The wireless direct link between the device and other terminal equipment; the cell attribute of the power headroom includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells; the network attribute of the power headroom includes the wireless communication standard of the second link ; The mixed attribute of power headroom includes any of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link The corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and the power headroom is corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network. The power headroom and the power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可选的实现方式,在第三方面的第二种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置;或者,功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置。With reference to the third aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the third aspect, in a second optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the foregoing power headroom indication information may further include: The position of the power headroom in the MAC and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC; or, the indication information of the power headroom may also include: the power corresponding to the second link in the network of the first standard The position of the headroom in the MAC CE and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC.
结合第三方面的第二种可选的实现方式,在第三方面的第三种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:MAC CE的格式指示信息,该格式指示信息用于指示根据第一链路对应的小区和第二链路对应的小区的总数量确定MAC CE的格式。本申请实施例中,第二通信装置可以指示第一通信装置以哪种MAC CE的格式进行功率余量的上报。With reference to the second optional implementation manner of the third aspect, in the third optional implementation manner of the third aspect, the foregoing power headroom indication information may further include: MAC format indication information of the CE, the format indication The information is used to indicate that the format of the MAC CE is determined according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and cells corresponding to the second link. In the embodiment of the present application, the second communication device may instruct the first communication device in which MAC format to report the power headroom.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种功率余量的上报方法,该方法可以包括:第一通信装置获取第二通信装置配置的功率余量的指示信息,该功率余量的指示信息用于指示第一通信装置的功率余量的属性;并且第一通信装置根据功率余量的指示信息向第二通信装置发送功率余量报告,该功率余量报告中包括第一通信装置的功率余量。According to a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for reporting a power headroom. The method may include: the first communication device obtains indication information of the power headroom configured by the second communication device, and the indication information of the power headroom is used for An attribute indicating the power headroom of the first communication device; and the first communication device sends a power headroom report to the second communication device according to the indication information of the power headroom, the power headroom report includes the power headroom of the first communication device .
在第四方面的第一种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的属性包括下述任一项或任几项:功率余量的链路属性、功率余量的小区属性、功率余量的网络属性、功率余量的混合属性。In a first optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the attributes of the power headroom include any one or any of the following: link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, and power headroom The mixed attributes of network attributes and power headroom.
其中,功率余量的链路属性包括第一链路和\或第二链路,第一链路为第一通信装置与基站之间的无线接入链路,第二链路为第一通信装置与其他终端设备之间的无线直连链路;功率余量的小区属性包括第二链路对应的小区是单小区或多小区;功率余量的网络属性包括第二链路的无线通信制式;功率余量的混合属性包括下述任一种:功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率 余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量。The link attribute of the power headroom includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and the base station, and the second link is the first communication The wireless direct link between the device and other terminal equipment; the cell attribute of the power headroom includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells; the network attribute of the power headroom includes the wireless communication standard of the second link ; The mixed attribute of power headroom includes any of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link The corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and the power headroom is corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network. The power headroom and the power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可选的实现方式,在第四方面的第二种可选的实现方式中,上述第一通信装置根据功率余量的指示信息向第二通信装置发送功率余量报告的方法可以包括:第一通信装置根据功率余量的指示信息生成功率余量报告,该功率余量报告中包括与功率余量的指示信息对应的功率余量;并且第一通信装置通过MAC CE向第二通信装置发送该功率余量报告。With reference to the fourth aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a second optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the above-mentioned first communication device sends the second communication device according to the indication information of the power headroom The method for transmitting the power headroom report may include: the first communication device generates a power headroom report according to the indication information of the power headroom, the power headroom report including the power headroom corresponding to the indication information of the power headroom; and the first The communication device sends the power headroom report to the second communication device via MAC.
结合第四方面的第二种可选的实现方式,在第四方面的第三种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二链路对应的功率余量MAC CE中的位置;或者,功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置。With reference to the second optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a third optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the above power headroom indication information may further include: The power headroom corresponding to the first link is The position in the MAC and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC; the position information in the power headroom may also include: the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network is in the MAC CE The position in the MAC and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network in the MAC CE.
结合第四方面的第三种可选的实现方式,在第四方面的第四种可选的实现方式中,本申请实施例提供的功率余量的上报方法还可以包括:第一通信装置在MAC CE中第一链路对应的功率余量的位置添加第一链路对应的功率余量,并且在第二链路对应的功率余量的位置添加第二链路对应的功率余量;或者,第一通信装置在MAC CE中第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量的位置添加第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量,在第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量的位置添加第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量。With reference to the third optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a fourth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the power headroom reporting method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include: The power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC CE is added to the power headroom corresponding to the first link, and the power headroom corresponding to the second link is added to the power headroom corresponding to the second link; or , The first communication device adds the power margin corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network at the position of the power margin corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC, and the second link in the second-standard network The power headroom corresponding to the path is added to the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
结合第四方面的第二种可选的实现方式至第四方面的第四种可选的实现方式中的任意之一,在第四方面的第五种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的指示信息中还可以包括:MAC CE的格式指示信息,该格式指示信息用于指示第一通信装置根据第一链路对应的小区和第二链路对应的小区的总数量确定MAC CE的格式。With reference to any one of the second optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect to the fourth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the fifth optional implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the power The quantity indication information may also include: MAC format indication information of the CE, the format indication information is used to instruct the first communication device to determine the MAC CE according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and the cells corresponding to the second link format.
第三方面和第四方面中关于功率余量的指示信息的相关描述可以参见第一方面的相关描述,此处不再赘述。For the related description of the indication information of the power headroom in the third aspect and the fourth aspect, reference may be made to the related description of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
综上所述,本申请实施例中,第二通信装置可以为基站,也可以为其他终端设备,若第二通信装置为基站,基站接收到第一通信装置的功率余量之后,基站可以根据第一通信装置的功率余量为第一通信装置分配上行传输资源;若第二通信装置为其他终端设备时,该终端设备接收到第一通信装置的功率余量之后,可以根据该终端设备的测量的信道质量的结果和其接收到的第一通信装置的功率余量,请求第一通信装置调整发射功率。比如,如果测量的信道质量很差,但是第一通信装置的功率余量显示第一通信装置还有很多功率余量,则该终端设备可以要求第一通信装置增大发射功率;相反,如果测量的信道质量很好(在这种情况下,终端设备可以不参考第一通信装置的功率余量),则该终端可以建议第一通信装置降低发射功率。In summary, in the embodiment of the present application, the second communication device may be a base station or other terminal equipment. If the second communication device is a base station, after the base station receives the power margin of the first communication device, the base station may The power headroom of the first communication device allocates uplink transmission resources for the first communication device; if the second communication device is another terminal device, the terminal device may receive the power headroom of the first communication device according to the terminal device’s power headroom. The result of the measured channel quality and the power headroom of the first communication device that it receives request the first communication device to adjust the transmission power. For example, if the measured channel quality is poor, but the power headroom of the first communication device shows that the first communication device still has a lot of power headroom, the terminal device may request the first communication device to increase the transmission power; on the contrary, if the measurement The channel quality of is very good (in this case, the terminal device may not refer to the power margin of the first communication device), then the terminal may suggest that the first communication device reduce the transmission power.
第五方面,本申请提供一种第一通信装置,该第一通信装置可以包括生成模块和发送模块。其中,生成模块,用于生成功率余量报告,该功率余量报告中包括第一通信装置的功率余量和功率余量的指示信息,该功率余量的指示信息用于指示功率余量的属性;发送模块,用于向第二通信装置发送生成模块生成的功率余量报告。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a first communication device. The first communication device may include a generating module and a sending module. The generating module is configured to generate a power headroom report, the power headroom report includes power headroom of the first communication device and power headroom indication information, and the power headroom indication information is used to indicate the power headroom Attribute; sending module, used to send the power headroom report generated by the generating module to the second communication device.
在第五方面的第一种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的属性包括下述任一项或 任几项:功率余量的链路属性、功率余量的小区属性、功率余量的网络属性、功率余量的混合属性。In a first optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the attributes of the power headroom include any one or more of the following: link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, and power headroom The mixed attributes of network attributes and power headroom.
其中,功率余量的链路属性包括第一链路和\或第二链路,第一链路为第一通信装置与基站之间的无线接入链路,第二链路为第一通信装置与其他终端设备之间的无线直连链路;功率余量的小区属性包括第二链路对应的小区是单小区或多小区;功率余量的网络属性包括第二链路的无线通信制式;功率余量的混合属性包括下述任一种:功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量。The link attribute of the power headroom includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and the base station, and the second link is the first communication The wireless direct link between the device and other terminal equipment; the cell attribute of the power headroom includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells; the network attribute of the power headroom includes the wireless communication standard of the second link ; The mixed attribute of power headroom includes any of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link The corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and the power headroom is corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network. The power headroom and the power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可选的实现方式,在第五方面的第二种可选的实现方式中,上述第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送功率余量报告的方法可以包括:第一通信装置通过MAC CE向第二通信装置发送功率余量报告。With reference to the fifth aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a second optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the method for the first communication device to send a power headroom report to the second communication device It may include that the first communication device sends the power headroom report to the second communication device through the MAC and CE.
结合第五方面的第二种可选的实现方式,在第五方面的第三种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的指示信息携带在MAC CE的预留位中。With reference to the second optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the third optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the foregoing power headroom indication information is carried in the reserved bits of the MAC CE.
结合第五方面的第二种可选的实现方式或第五方面的第三种可选的实现方式,在第五方面的第四种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量包括第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量时,该功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置。功率余量包括第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量时,上述功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置。With reference to the second optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect or the third optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the fourth optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the above power headroom includes the first chain When the power headroom corresponding to the path and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, the indication information of the power headroom may further include: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC and the second link The position of the power headroom in the MAC CE. When the power headroom includes the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, the indication information of the power headroom may further include: the first-standard network The position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC in the CE and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network in the MAC.
结合第五方面的第二种可选的实现方式至第五方面的第四种可选的实现方式中的任意之一,在第五方面的第五种可选的实现方式中,本申请实施例提供的第一通信装置还可以包括确定模块,该确定模块,用于根据第一链路对应的小区和第二链路对应的小区的总数量,确定MAC CE的格式。With reference to any one of the second optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect to the fourth optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a fifth optional implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the present application is implemented The first communication device provided in the example may further include a determination module for determining the format of the MAC according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and cells corresponding to the second link.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种第二通信装置,该第二通信装置可以包括接收模块和确定模块。其中,接收模块,用于接收第一通信装置发送的功率余量报告,该功率余量报告中包括第一通信装置的功率余量和功率余量的指示信息,该功率余量的指示信息用于指示功率余量的属性;确定模块,用于根据接收模块接收的功率余量的指示信息,确定功率余量报告中与功率余量的指示信息对应的功率余量。According to a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a second communication device. The second communication device may include a receiving module and a determining module. The receiving module is configured to receive a power headroom report sent by the first communication device, and the power headroom report includes the power headroom of the first communication device and indication information of the power headroom. The indication information of the power headroom is used for In the attribute indicating the power headroom; the determining module is used to determine the power headroom corresponding to the power headroom indication information in the power headroom report according to the power headroom indication information received by the receiving module.
在第六方面的第一种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的属性包括下述任一项或任几项:功率余量的链路属性、功率余量的小区属性、功率余量的网络属性、功率余量的混合属性。In a first optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the attributes of the power headroom include any one or several of the following: link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, and power headroom The mixed attributes of network attributes and power headroom.
其中,功率余量的链路属性包括第一链路和\或第二链路,第一链路为第一通信装置与基站之间的无线接入链路,第二链路为第一通信装置与其他终端设备之间的无线直连链路;功率余量的小区属性包括第二链路对应的小区是单小区或多小区;功率余 量的网络属性包括第二链路的无线通信制式;功率余量的混合属性包括下述任一种:功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量。The link attribute of the power headroom includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and the base station, and the second link is the first communication The wireless direct link between the device and other terminal equipment; the cell attribute of the power headroom includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells; the network attribute of the power headroom includes the wireless communication standard of the second link ; The mixed attribute of power headroom includes any of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link The corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and the power headroom is corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network. The power headroom and the power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可选的实现方式,在第六方面的第二种可选的实现方式中,上述第二通信装置接收第一通信装置发送的功率余量报告的方法可以包括:第二通信装置通过MAC CE接收第一通信装置发送的功率余量报告。With reference to the sixth aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a second optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the second communication device receives a power headroom report sent by the first communication device. The method may include that the second communication device receives the power headroom report sent by the first communication device through the MAC.
第六方面的第二种可选的实现方式,在第六方面的第三种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的指示信息携带在MAC CE的预留位中。In a second optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a third optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the above power headroom indication information is carried in a reserved bit of the MAC CE.
第六方面的第二种可选的实现方式或第六方面的第三种可选的实现方式,在第六方面的第四种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量包括第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量时,功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置。功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量时,功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置。According to a second optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect or a third optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a fourth optional implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the power headroom includes the first link When the corresponding power headroom and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, the indication information of the power headroom may further include: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC and the power corresponding to the second link The position of the margin in the MAC CE. When the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, the indication information of the power headroom may further include: The position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network in the MAC.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种第二通信装置,该第二通信装置可以包括生成模块和配置模块;其中,生成模块,用于生成功率余量的指示信息,该功率余量的指示信息用于指示第一通信装置的功率余量的属性;配置模块,用于为第一通信装置配置生成模块生成的功率余量的指示信息。According to a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a second communication device. The second communication device may include a generation module and a configuration module; wherein, the generation module is configured to generate power headroom indication information, and the power headroom indication The information is used to indicate the attribute of the power headroom of the first communication device; the configuration module is used to configure the first communication device with the indication information of the power headroom generated by the generation module.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的第一种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的属性包括下述任一项或任几项:功率余量的链路属性、功率余量的小区属性、功率余量的网络属性、功率余量的混合属性。With reference to the seventh aspect, in a first optional implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the attribute of the power headroom includes any one or more of the following: a link attribute of the power headroom, and a cell of the power headroom Attributes, network attributes of power headroom, and hybrid attributes of power headroom.
其中,功率余量的链路属性包括第一链路和\或第二链路,第一链路为第一通信装置与基站之间的无线接入链路,第二链路为第一通信装置与其他终端设备之间的无线直连链路;功率余量的小区属性包括第二链路对应的小区是单小区或多小区;功率余量的网络属性包括第二链路的无线通信制式;功率余量的混合属性包括下述任一种:功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量。The link attribute of the power headroom includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and the base station, and the second link is the first communication The wireless direct link between the device and other terminal equipment; the cell attribute of the power headroom includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells; the network attribute of the power headroom includes the wireless communication standard of the second link ; The mixed attribute of power headroom includes any of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link The corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and the power headroom is corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network. The power headroom and the power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一种可选的实现方式,在第七方面的第二种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置;或者,功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置。With reference to the seventh aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a second optional implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the indication information of the power headroom may further include: corresponding to the first link The position of the power headroom in the MAC and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC; or, the indication information of the power headroom may also include: the power corresponding to the second link in the network of the first standard The position of the headroom in the MAC CE and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC.
结合第七方面的第二种可选的实现方式,在第七方面的第三种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:MAC CE的格式指示信息,该格式指示信息用于指示根据第一链路对应的小区和第二链路对应的小区的总数量确定MAC CE的格式。With reference to the second optional implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a third optional implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the foregoing power headroom indication information may further include: MAC format indication information of the CE, the format indication The information is used to indicate that the format of the MAC CE is determined according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and cells corresponding to the second link.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种第一通信装置,该第一通信装置可以包括获取模块和发送模块。其中,获取模块,用于获取第二通信装置配置的功率余量的指示信息,该功率余量的指示信息用于指示第一通信装置的功率余量的属性;发送模块,用于根据获取模块获取的功率余量的指示信息向第二通信装置发送功率余量报告,该功率余量报告中包括第一通信装置的功率余量。According to an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a first communication device. The first communication device may include an acquisition module and a transmission module. Wherein, the obtaining module is used to obtain the indication information of the power headroom configured by the second communication device, and the indication information of the power headroom is used to indicate the attribute of the power headroom of the first communication device; the sending module is used to The obtained indication information of the power headroom sends a power headroom report to the second communication device, where the power headroom report includes the power headroom of the first communication device.
在第八方面的第一种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的属性包括下述任一项或任几项:功率余量的链路属性、功率余量的小区属性、功率余量的网络属性、功率余量的混合属性。In a first optional implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the attributes of the power headroom include any one or several of the following: link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, and power headroom The mixed attributes of network attributes and power headroom.
其中,功率余量的链路属性包括第一链路和\或第二链路,第一链路为第一通信装置与基站之间的无线接入链路,第二链路为第一通信装置与其他终端设备之间的无线直连链路;功率余量的小区属性包括第二链路对应的小区是单小区或多小区;功率余量的网络属性包括第二链路的无线通信制式;功率余量的混合属性包括下述任一种:功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量。The link attribute of the power headroom includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and the base station, and the second link is the first communication The wireless direct link between the device and other terminal equipment; the cell attribute of the power headroom includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells; the network attribute of the power headroom includes the wireless communication standard of the second link ; The mixed attribute of power headroom includes any of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link The corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and the power headroom is corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network. The power headroom and the power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一种可选的实现方式,在第八方面的第二种可选的实现方式中,本申请实施例提供的第一通信装置还包括生成模块;该生成模块,用于根据功率余量的指示信息生成功率余量报告,该功率余量报告中包括与功率余量的指示信息对应的功率余量;上述发送模块,具体用于通过MAC CE向第二通信装置发送功率余量报告。With reference to the eighth aspect or the first optional implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a second optional implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the first communication apparatus provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes a generation module; the generation The module is used to generate a power headroom report according to the power headroom indication information, and the power headroom report includes the power headroom corresponding to the power headroom indication information; the above-mentioned sending module is specifically used to send the second The communication device sends a power headroom report.
结合第八方面的第二种可选的实现方式,在第八方面的第三种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二链路对应的功率余量MAC CE中的位置;或者,功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置。With reference to the second optional implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a third optional implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the foregoing power headroom indication information may further include: The power headroom corresponding to the first link is The position in the MAC and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC; the position information in the power headroom may also include: the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network is in the MAC CE The position in the MAC and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network in the MAC CE.
结合第八方面的第三种可选的实现方式,在第八方面的第四种可选的实现方式中,本申请实施例提供的第一通信装置还可以包括添加模块;该添加模块,用于在MAC CE中第一链路对应的功率余量的位置添加第一链路对应的功率余量,并且在第二链路对应的功率余量的位置添加第二链路对应的功率余量;或者,该添加模块,用于在MAC CE中第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量的位置添加第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量,在第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量的位置添加第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量。With reference to the third optional implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the fourth optional implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the first communication device provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include an addition module; Add the power headroom corresponding to the first link to the position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC, and add the power headroom corresponding to the second link to the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link Or, the adding module is used to add the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network at the position of the power link corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC, in the second-standard network The position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the medium is added to the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
结合第八方面的第二种可选的实现方式至第八方面的第四种可选的实现方式中的任意之一,在第八方面的第五种可选的实现方式中,上述功率余量的指示信息中还可 以包括:MAC CE的格式指示信息,该格式指示信息用于指示第一通信装置根据第一链路对应的小区和第二链路对应的小区的总数量确定MAC CE的格式。With reference to any one of the second optional implementation manner of the eighth aspect to the fourth optional implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the fifth optional implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the power The quantity indication information may also include: MAC format indication information of the CE, the format indication information is used to instruct the first communication device to determine the MAC CE according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and the cells corresponding to the second link format.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种第一通信装置,包括处理器和与处理器耦合连接的存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机指令,当第一通信装置运行时,处理器执行存储器存储的计算机指令,以使得第一通信装置执行上述第一方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一,或者第四方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一所述的功率余量的上报方法。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a first communication device, including a processor and a memory coupled to the processor; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the first communication device is running, the processor executes Computer instructions to cause the first communication device to perform the power surplus described in any one of the first aspect and its various alternative implementations, or the fourth aspect and any one of its various implementations Method of reporting.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质可以包括计算机指令,当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得第一通信装置执行上述第一方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一,或者第四方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一所述的功率余量的上报方法。According to a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium may include computer instructions. When the computer instructions run on a computer, the first communication device performs the first aspect and the above The power headroom reporting method described in any one of various optional implementation manners, or any one of the fourth aspect and any one of its various optional implementation manners.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种包括计算机指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得第一通信装置执行上述第一方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一,或者第四方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一所述的功率余量的上报方法。According to an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product including computer instructions, which, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes a first communication device to perform the first aspect described above and various optional implementations thereof Any one of the above, or the power headroom reporting method described in any one of the fourth aspect and various optional implementations thereof.
第十二方面,本申请提供一种第一通信装置,该第一通信装置以芯片的产品形态存在,该装置的结构中包括处理器和存储器,该存储器用于与处理器耦合,该存储器可以用于存储计算机指令,该处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机指令,使得该第一通信装置执行上述第一方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一,或者第四方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一所述的功率余量的上报方法。In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a first communication device. The first communication device exists in the form of a chip product. The structure of the device includes a processor and a memory. The memory is used to couple with the processor. The memory may be For storing computer instructions, the processor is used to execute the computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the first communication device executes any one of the first aspect and its various optional implementations, or the fourth aspect and its various A method for reporting the power headroom described in any one of the optional implementation manners.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种第二通信装置,包括处理器和与处理器耦合连接的存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机指令,当第二通信装置运行时,处理器执行存储器存储的计算机指令,以使得第二通信装置执行上述第二方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一,或者第三方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一所述的功率余量的上报方法。In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a second communication device, including a processor and a memory coupled to the processor; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the second communication device is running, the processor executes memory storage Computer instructions to cause the second communication device to perform the power described in any one of the second aspect and its various optional implementations, or the third aspect and any of its various optional implementations The method of reporting the remaining amount.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质可以包括计算机指令,当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得第二通信装置执行上述第二方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一,或者第三方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一所述的功率余量的上报方法。In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium may include computer instructions. When the computer instructions run on a computer, the second communication device performs the second aspect and A method for reporting power headroom described in any one of various optional implementations thereof, or any one of the third aspect and any one of various optional implementations thereof.
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种包括计算机指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得第二通信装置执行上述第二方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一,或者第三方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一所述的功率余量的上报方法。According to a fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product including computer instructions, which, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes a second communication device to execute the second aspect and various optional implementation manners thereof Any one of the above, or the power headroom reporting method described in any one of the third aspect and various optional implementations thereof.
第十六方面,本申请提供一种第二通信装置,该第二通信装置以芯片的产品形态存在,该装置的结构中包括处理器和存储器,该存储器用于与处理器耦合,该存储器可以用于存储计算机指令,该处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机指令,使得该第二通信装置执行上述第二方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一,或者第三方面及其各种可选的实现方式中任意之一所述的功率余量的上报方法。In a sixteenth aspect, the present application provides a second communication device. The second communication device exists in the form of a chip product. The structure of the device includes a processor and a memory. The memory is used to couple with the processor. The memory can be For storing computer instructions, the processor is used to execute the computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the second communication device executes any one of the above-mentioned second aspect and its various optional implementations, or the third aspect and its various A method for reporting the power headroom described in any one of the optional implementation manners.
第十七方面,本申请提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述第五方面所述的第 一通信装置和第六方面所述的第二通信装置,或者,包括上述第七方面所述的第二通信装置和第八方面所述的第一通信装置。In a seventeenth aspect, the present application provides a communication system including the first communication device according to the fifth aspect and the second communication device according to the sixth aspect, or, the communication system according to the seventh aspect The second communication device and the first communication device described in the eighth aspect.
可以理解地,上述提供的第五方面、第八方面、第九方面以及第十二方面所述的第一通信装置和第六方面、第七方面、第十三方面以及第十六方面所述的第二通信装置、第十方面以及第十四方面所述的计算机存储介质,第十一方面以及第十五方面所述的计算机程序产品均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法,因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。Understandably, the first communication device and the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect, the thirteenth aspect, and the sixteenth aspect described in the fifth, eighth, ninth, and twelfth aspects provided above The second communication device, the computer storage media of the tenth aspect and the fourteenth aspect, the computer program products of the eleventh aspect and the fifteenth aspect are all used to perform the corresponding methods provided above, therefore For the beneficial effects that can be achieved, refer to the beneficial effects in the corresponding method provided above, which will not be repeated here.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION
图1为本申请实施例提供的LTE网络和5G NR网络的架构示意图;1 is a schematic structural diagram of an LTE network and a 5G NR network provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信系统的架构示意图;2 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种基站的硬件示意图;3 is a schematic hardware diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种手机的硬件示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of a hardware of a mobile phone provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的功率余量的上报方法示意图一;5 is a schematic diagram 1 of a method for reporting power headroom provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的功率余量的上报方法示意图二;6 is a second schematic diagram of a method for reporting power headroom provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的MAC CE的结构示意图一;7 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的MAC CE的结构示意图二;8 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a MAC CE provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的MAC CE的结构示意图三;9 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a MAC CE provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的功率余量的上报方法示意图三;10 is a schematic diagram 3 of a method for reporting power headroom provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的功率余量的上报方法示意图四;11 is a schematic diagram 4 of a method for reporting power headroom provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的功率余量的上报方法示意图五;12 is a schematic diagram 5 of a method for reporting power headroom provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的第一通信装置的结构示意图一;13 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a first communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的第一通信装置的结构示意图二;14 is a second schematic structural diagram of a first communication device according to an embodiment of this application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的第二通信装置的结构示意图一;15 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a second communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的第二通信装置的结构示意图二;16 is a second structural diagram of a second communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的第二通信装置的结构示意图三;17 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a second communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的第二通信装置的结构示意图四;18 is a fourth structural diagram of a second communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的第一通信装置的结构示意图三;19 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a first communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图20为本申请实施例提供的第一通信装置的结构示意图四。20 is a fourth schematic structural diagram of a first communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。The term "and/or" in this article is just an association relationship that describes an associated object, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, exist alone B these three cases.
本申请实施例的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同的对象,而不是用于描述对象的特定顺序。例如,第一通信装置和第二通信装置等是用于区别不同的通信装置,而不是用于描述通信装置的特定顺序。The terms “first” and “second” in the description and claims of the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish different objects, rather than describing a specific order of objects. For example, the first communication device and the second communication device are used to distinguish different communication devices, rather than describing a specific order of the communication devices.
在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。In the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used as examples, illustrations or explanations. Any embodiments or design solutions described as “exemplary” or “for example” in the embodiments of the present application should not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design solutions. Rather, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "for example" is intended to present related concepts in a specific manner.
在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是指两个或两个以上。例如,多个处理单元是指两个或两个以上的处理单元;多个系统是指两个或两个以上的系统。In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise stated, the meaning of "plurality" refers to two or more. For example, multiple processing units refer to two or more processing units; multiple systems refer to two or more systems.
基于背景技术存在的问题,本申请实施例提供一种功率余量的上报方法、装置及系统,一方面,第一通信装置(例如终端设备)可以生成包括该第一通信装置的功率余量和该功率余量的指示信息的功率余量报告,并且向第二通信装置(例如网络设备或其他终端设备)发送该功率余量报告,进而第二通信装置接收到该功率余量报告之后,可以根据功率余量报告中的功率余量的指示信息确定与该指示信息对应的功率余量是何种功率余量。另一方面,第二通信装置可以确定功率余量的指示信息,并为第一通信配置该功率余量的指示信息,从而第一通信装置可以根据该功率余量的指示信息向第二通信装置发送包括该第一通信装置的功率余量的功率余量报告,通过本申请实施例提供的技术方案,能够更加灵活地实现第一通信装置的功率余量的上报。Based on the problems in the background art, embodiments of the present application provide a method, device, and system for reporting power headroom. On the one hand, a first communication device (such as a terminal device) can generate a power headroom and A power headroom report of the indication information of the power headroom, and sending the power headroom report to a second communication device (such as a network device or other terminal equipment), and then after receiving the power headroom report, the second communication device may The power headroom corresponding to the indication information is determined according to the power headroom indication information in the power headroom report. On the other hand, the second communication device can determine the indication information of the power headroom and configure the indication information of the power headroom for the first communication, so that the first communication device can send the second communication device the second communication device according to the indication information of the power headroom The power headroom report including the power headroom of the first communication device is sent, and the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application can more flexibly realize the report of the power headroom of the first communication device.
本申请实施例提供的功率余量的上报方法可以应用于长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)网络和\或5G新空口(new radio,NR)网络,图1中的(a)为基于LTE网络的架构示意图,图1中的(b)为5G NR网络(也可以称为5G网络)的架构示意图。在图1中的(a)中,LTE网络包括LTE接入网,也可以称为4G接入网或演进的全球陆地无线接入网(evolved-universal terrestrial radio access network,E-UTRAN),和LTE核心网,该LTE接入网包括一个或多个演进型基站(evolved node base station,eNB),LTE核心网包括一个或多个移动管理实体(mobility management entity,MME),和\或一个或多个服务网关(serving-gateway,S-GW),其中,eNB与eNB之间通过X2接口互连,eNB通过S1-MME接口与MME连接,通过S1-U接口与S-GW连接,S1-MME可以看做S1接口的控制平面,S1-U可以看作S1接口的用户平面,可选的,MME与S-GW可以分离开,即分别为不同的节点,MME与S-GW可以整合到同一个节点中。The method for reporting the power headroom provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a long term evolution (LTE) network and/or a 5G new radio (NR) network. (a) in FIG. 1 is an LTE-based network (B) in FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a 5G NR network (also referred to as a 5G network). In (a) of FIG. 1, the LTE network includes an LTE access network, which may also be referred to as a 4G access network or an evolved-universal terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN), and LTE core network, the LTE access network includes one or more evolved base stations (evolved nodes, base stations, eNB), the LTE core network includes one or more mobility management entities (mobility management entities, MME), and/or one or Multiple serving gateways (serving-gateway, S-GW), where eNB and eNB are interconnected through X2 interface, eNB is connected to MME through S1-MME interface, and S-GW is connected through S1-U interface, S1- The MME can be regarded as the control plane of the S1 interface, and the S1-U can be regarded as the user plane of the S1 interface. Optionally, the MME and S-GW can be separated, that is, they are separate nodes, and the MME and S-GW can be integrated into In the same node.
在图1中的(b)中,5G NR网络包括5G NR接入网,也可以称为下一代接入网(Next Generation Radio Access Network,NG-RAN),和5G NR核心网,该5G NR接入网包括一个或多个下一代基站(next generation node base station,gNB)以及一个或多个ng-eNB,gNB是提供5G用户面和控制面协议终端的节点,ng-eNB是提供LTE用户面和控制面协议终端的节点,也就是说,gNB是5G NR网络独立组网需要用到的基站,而ng-eNB是为了向下兼容4G网络而设置的基站,比如,ng-eNB空口使用的是LTE网络的接入网(即E-UTRAN),但是核心网使用的是5G NR的核心网;5G NR核心网包括一个或多个接入和移动功能(access and mobility management function,AMF),和\或一个或多个用户面功能(user port function,UPF),其中,gNB与gNB之间,gNB与ng-eNB之间,ng-eNB与ng-eNB之间均通过Xn接口互连,gNB经由NG接口连接到5G NR核心网,ng-eNB经由NG接口连接到5G NR核心网。In (b) in Figure 1, the 5G NR network includes a 5G NR access network, which may also be called a next-generation access network (Next-Generation Radio Access Network, NG-RAN), and a 5G NR core network. The 5G NR network The access network includes one or more next-generation base stations (gNB) and one or more ng-eNBs. gNB is a node that provides 5G user plane and control plane protocol terminals, and ng-eNB is an LTE user. The nodes of the protocol and control plane protocol terminals, that is to say, gNB is a base station required for independent networking of 5G NR networks, and ng-eNB is a base station set up for backward compatibility with 4G networks, such as ng-eNB air interface. It is the access network of LTE network (ie E-UTRAN), but the core network uses the 5G NR core network; the 5G NR core network includes one or more access and mobility functions (access and mobility management function, AMF) , And/or one or more user plane functions (UPF), where gNB and gNB, gNB and ng-eNB, and ng-eNB and ng-eNB are all interconnected through the Xn interface , GNB is connected to the 5G NR core network via the NG interface, and ng-eNB is connected to the 5G NR core network via the NG interface.
示例性的,本申请实施例提供的功率余量的上报方法可以应用于基于上述图1所示的LTE网络或5G NR网络的无线通信系统,如图2所示,该无线通信系统可以包括网络设备10和至少一个终端设备(图2中以两个终端设备示意,分别为终端设备11a和终端设备11b),示例性的,网络设备可以为基站,终端设备可以为手机。在网 络设备10与终端设备11a或11b通信时,网络设备10可以为终端设备11a或11b分配上行传输资源。Exemplarily, the method for reporting power headroom provided by the embodiment of the present application may be applied to a wireless communication system based on the LTE network or 5G NR network shown in FIG. 1 described above. As shown in FIG. 2, the wireless communication system may include a network The device 10 and at least one terminal device (shown in FIG. 2 with two terminal devices, respectively terminal device 11a and terminal device 11b). Exemplarily, the network device may be a base station, and the terminal device may be a mobile phone. When the network device 10 communicates with the terminal device 11a or 11b, the network device 10 may allocate uplink transmission resources to the terminal device 11a or 11b.
需要说明的是,在D2D通信或者V2X通信的场景中,上述两个终端设备可以均为手机,或者一个终端设备为手机,另一个终端设备为其他类型的终端设备,或者两个终端设备都是具有相应通信功能的车辆或者车载通信装置。It should be noted that in the scenario of D2D communication or V2X communication, the above two terminal devices may be both mobile phones, or one terminal device is a mobile phone, the other terminal device is another type of terminal device, or both terminal devices are Vehicle or vehicle-mounted communication device with corresponding communication function.
在图2所示的无线通信系统中,网络设备可以通常所用的基站、eNB、gNB、ng-eNB、新型无线电基站(new radio eNB)、宏基站、微基站、高频基站或发送和接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP))等设备。示例性的,本申请实施例以通常所用的基站为例,介绍网络设备的硬件结构。下面结合图3具体介绍本申请实施例提供的基站的各个构成部件。如图3所示,本申请实施例提供的基站可以包括:20部分以及21部分。20部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换;21部分主要用于基带处理,对基站进行控制等。20部分通常可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等。21部分通常是基站的控制中心,通常可以称为处理单元。In the wireless communication system shown in FIG. 2, network equipment may be commonly used base stations, eNBs, gNBs, ng-eNBs, new radio base stations (new radio eNBs), macro base stations, micro base stations, high-frequency base stations or transmission and reception points (transmission and reception point, TRP)) and other equipment. Exemplarily, the embodiments of the present application take the commonly used base station as an example to introduce the hardware structure of the network device. The following describes in detail each component of the base station provided by the embodiment of the present application with reference to FIG. 3. As shown in FIG. 3, the base station provided in this embodiment of the present application may include: a 20 part and a 21 part. Part 20 is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals; Part 21 is mainly used for baseband processing and control of base stations. Part 20 can usually be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver. Part 21 is usually the control center of the base station and can usually be called a processing unit.
20部分的收发单元,也可以称为收发机,或收发器等,其包括天线和射频单元,或者仅包括射频单元或其中的部分其中射频单元主要用于进行射频处理。可选的,可以将20部分中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即20部分包括接收单元和发送单元。接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。The 20-part transceiver unit may also be called a transceiver, or a transceiver, etc., which includes an antenna and a radio frequency unit, or only includes a radio frequency unit or a part thereof. The radio frequency unit is mainly used for radio frequency processing. Optionally, the device for realizing the receiving function in part 20 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for realizing the sending function can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the part 20 includes the receiving unit and the sending unit. The receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit, etc., and the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, transmitter, or transmitting circuit, etc.
21部分可以包括一个或多个单板或芯片,每个单板或芯片可以包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器,处理器用于读取和执行存储器中的程序以实现基带处理功能以及对基站的控制。若存在多个单板,各个单板之间可以互联以增加处理能力。作为一种可选的实施方式,也可以是多个单板共用一个或多个处理器,或者是多个单板共用一个或多个存储器。其中,存储器和处理器可以是集成在一起的,也可以是独立设置的。在一些实施例中,20部分和21部分可以是集成在一起的,也可以是独立设置的。另外,21部分中的全部功能可以集成在一个芯片中实现,也可以部分功能集成在一个芯片中实现另外一部分功能集成在其他一个或多个芯片中实现,本申请实施例对此不进行限定。 Part 21 may include one or more single boards or chips. Each single board or chip may include one or more processors and one or more memories. The processors are used to read and execute programs in the memory to implement baseband processing functions. And control of the base station. If there are multiple boards, each board can be interconnected to increase processing power. As an optional implementation manner, multiple single boards may share one or more processors, or multiple single boards may share one or more memories. Among them, the memory and the processor may be integrated together or set independently. In some embodiments, parts 20 and 21 may be integrated together or may be set independently. In addition, all functions in part 21 may be integrated in one chip, or part of functions may be integrated in one chip, and part of functions may be integrated in one or more chips, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的终端设备可以为手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、上网本或者个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、智能汽车、传感设备、物联网(internet of thing,IOT)设备、客户终端设备(customer premise equipment,CPE)等。The terminal device provided in the embodiments of the present application may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a laptop computer, an ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), a netbook or a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant (PDA), smart car, sensor Equipment, internet of things (IOT) equipment, customer terminal equipment (customer premise equipment, CPE), etc.
示例性的,本申请实施例以终端设备为手机为例,介绍终端设备的硬件结构。下面结合图4具体介绍本申请实施例提供的手机的各个构成部件。如图4所示,本申请实施例提供的手机包括:处理器30、射频(radio frequency,RF)电路31、电源32、存储器33、输入单元34、显示单元35以及音频电路36等部件。本领域技术人员可以理解,图4中示出的手机的结构并不构成对手机的限定,其可以包括比如图4所示的部件更多或更少的部件,或者可以组合如图4所示的部件中的某些部件,或者可以与如图4所示的部件布置不同。Exemplarily, the embodiment of the present application takes the terminal device as a mobile phone as an example to introduce the hardware structure of the terminal device. The following describes in detail each component of the mobile phone provided by the embodiment of the present application with reference to FIG. 4. As shown in FIG. 4, the mobile phone provided by the embodiment of the present application includes: a processor 30, a radio frequency (RF) circuit 31, a power supply 32, a memory 33, an input unit 34, a display unit 35, an audio circuit 36, and other components. Those skilled in the art may understand that the structure of the mobile phone shown in FIG. 4 does not constitute a limitation on the mobile phone, and it may include more or less components such as those shown in FIG. 4 or may be combined as shown in FIG. 4 Some of the components may be arranged differently than the components shown in FIG. 4.
处理器30是手机的控制中心,利用各种接口和线路连接整个手机的各个部分。通 过运行或执行存储在存储器33内的软件程序和/或模块,以及调用存储在存储器33内的数据,执行手机的各种功能和处理数据,从而对手机进行整体监控。可选的,处理器30可包括一个或多个处理单元。可选的,处理器30可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等;调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以为处理器30外单独存在的处理器。The processor 30 is the control center of the mobile phone, and uses various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire mobile phone. By running or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 33, and calling data stored in the memory 33, various functions of the mobile phone and processing data are executed, so as to perform overall monitoring of the mobile phone. Optionally, the processor 30 may include one or more processing units. Optionally, the processor 30 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, application programs, etc.; the modem processor mainly processes wireless communication. It can be understood that, the foregoing modem processor may also be a processor that exists separately from the processor 30.
RF电路31可用于在收发信息或通话过程中,接收和发送信号。例如,将基站的下行信息接收后,给处理器30处理;另外,将上行的数据发送给基站。通常,RF电路包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)以及双工器等。此外,手机还可以通过RF电路31与网络中的其他设备实现无线通信。无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议,包括但不限于全球移动通讯系统(global system of mobile communication,GSM)、通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)、LTE、电子邮件以及短消息服务(short messaging service,SMS)等。The RF circuit 31 can be used to receive and send signals during the process of sending and receiving information or talking. For example, after receiving the downlink information of the base station, it is processed by the processor 30; in addition, the uplink data is sent to the base station. Generally, RF circuits include but are not limited to antennas, at least one amplifier, transceiver, coupler, low noise amplifier (LNA), and duplexer. In addition, the mobile phone can also realize wireless communication with other devices in the network through the RF circuit 31. Wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to global mobile communication system (global system of mobile communication (GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access access (CDMA), wideband code division multiple access (wideband code multiple access (WCDMA), LTE, e-mail and short message service (SMS), etc.
电源32可用于给手机的各个部件供电,电源32可以为电池。可选的,电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器30逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。The power supply 32 can be used to power various components of the mobile phone, and the power supply 32 can be a battery. Alternatively, the power supply may be logically connected to the processor 30 through the power management system, so as to realize functions such as charging, discharging, and power consumption management through the power management system.
存储器33可用于存储软件程序和/或模块,处理器30通过运行存储在存储器33的软件程序和/或模块,从而执行手机的各种功能应用以及数据处理。存储器33可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区,其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等;存储数据区可存储根据手机的使用所创建的数据(比如音频数据、图像数据、电话本等)等。此外,存储器33可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件或其他易失性固态存储器件。The memory 33 may be used to store software programs and/or modules. The processor 30 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone by running the software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 33. The memory 33 may mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area, wherein the storage program area may store an operating system, application programs required by at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc.; the storage data area may store Data created by the use of mobile phones (such as audio data, image data, phonebooks, etc.), etc. In addition, the memory 33 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage device.
输入单元34可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息,以及产生与手机的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。具体地,输入单元34可包括触摸屏341以及其他输入设备342。触摸屏341,也称为触摸面板,可收集用户在其上或附近的触摸操作(比如用户使用手指、触笔等任何适合的物体或附件在触摸屏341上或在触摸屏341附近的操作),并根据预先设定的程式驱动相应的连接装置。可选的,触摸屏341可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其中,触摸检测装置检测用户的触摸方位,并检测触摸操作带来的信号,将信号传送给触摸控制器;触摸控制器从触摸检测装置上接收触摸信息,并将它转换成触点坐标,再送给处理器30,并能接收处理器30发来的命令并加以执行。此外,可以采用电阻式、电容式、红外线以及表面声波等多种类型实现触摸屏341。其他输入设备342可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、电源开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标以及操作杆等中的一种或多种。The input unit 34 can be used to receive input digital or character information, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the mobile phone. Specifically, the input unit 34 may include a touch screen 341 and other input devices 342. The touch screen 341, also known as a touch panel, can collect the user's touch operations on or near it (such as the user's operation of any suitable object or accessory such as a finger, stylus, etc. on or near the touch screen 341), and according to The preset program drives the corresponding connection device. Optionally, the touch screen 341 may include a touch detection device and a touch controller. Among them, the touch detection device detects the user's touch orientation, and detects the signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives touch information from the touch detection device and converts it into contact coordinates, and then sends To the processor 30, and can receive the command sent by the processor 30 and execute it. In addition, the touch screen 341 may be implemented in various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic waves. Other input devices 342 may include, but are not limited to, one or more of a physical keyboard, function keys (such as volume control keys, power switch keys, etc.), trackball, mouse, and joystick.
显示单元35可用于显示由用户输入的信息或提供给用户的信息以及手机的各种菜单。显示单元35可包括显示面板351。可选的,可以采用液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD)、有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED)等形式来配 置显示面板351。进一步的,触摸屏341可覆盖显示面板351,当触摸屏341检测到在其上或附近的触摸操作后,传送给处理器30以确定触摸事件的类型,随后处理器30根据触摸事件的类型在显示面板351上提供相应的视觉输出。虽然在图4中,触摸屏341与显示面板351是作为两个独立的部件来实现手机的输入和输出功能,但是在某些实施例中,可以将触摸屏341与显示面板351集成而实现手机的输入和输出功能。The display unit 35 can be used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user and various menus of the mobile phone. The display unit 35 may include a display panel 351. Alternatively, the display panel 351 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), or the like. Further, the touch screen 341 may cover the display panel 351, and when the touch screen 341 detects a touch operation on or near it, it is transmitted to the processor 30 to determine the type of touch event, and then the processor 30 is displayed on the display panel according to the type of touch event Provide corresponding visual output on 351. Although in FIG. 4, the touch screen 341 and the display panel 351 are implemented as two independent components to realize the input and output functions of the mobile phone, in some embodiments, the touch screen 341 and the display panel 351 can be integrated to realize the input of the mobile phone And output functions.
音频电路36、扬声器361和麦克风362,用于提供用户与手机之间的音频接口。一方面,音频电路36可将接收到的音频数据转换后的电信号,传输到扬声器361,由扬声器361转换为声音信号输出。另一方面,麦克风362将收集的声音信号转换为电信号,由音频电路36接收后转换为音频数据,再将音频数据通过处理器30输出至RF电路31以发送给比如另一手机,或者将音频数据通过处理器30输出至存储器33以便进一步处理。The audio circuit 36, the speaker 361 and the microphone 362 are used to provide an audio interface between the user and the mobile phone. On the one hand, the audio circuit 36 can transmit the converted electrical signal of the received audio data to the speaker 361, and the speaker 361 converts it into a sound signal and outputs it. On the other hand, the microphone 362 converts the collected sound signal into an electrical signal, which is received by the audio circuit 36 and converted into audio data, and then outputs the audio data to the RF circuit 31 through the processor 30 to be sent to, for example, another mobile phone, or The audio data is output to the memory 33 through the processor 30 for further processing.
可选的,如图4所示的手机还可以包括各种传感器。例如陀螺仪传感器、湿度计传感器、红外线传感器、磁力计传感器等,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the mobile phone shown in FIG. 4 may further include various sensors. For example, the gyroscope sensor, the hygrometer sensor, the infrared sensor, the magnetometer sensor, etc., will not repeat them here.
可选的,如图4所示的手机还可以包括Wi-Fi模块、蓝牙模块等,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the mobile phone shown in FIG. 4 may further include a Wi-Fi module, a Bluetooth module, and so on, which will not be repeated here.
结合上述应用场景以及无线通信系统,本申请实施例提供的功率余量的上报方法可以包括两种实现方式,其中,一种实现方式为:第一通信装置在向第二通信装置上报功率余量报告(即PHR,power headroom report)时,在功率余量报告中携带该第一通信装置的功率余量的指示信息,如此,第二通信设备可以根据功率余量的指示信息确定功率余量报告中的功率余量是何种功率余量;另一种实现方式为:第二通信装置可以为第一通信装置配置功率余量的指示信息,如此,第一通信设备可以根据功率余量的指示信息向第二通信装置上报相应的功率余量(即与功率余量的指示信息对应的功率余量)。With reference to the above application scenarios and the wireless communication system, the power headroom reporting method provided by the embodiments of the present application may include two implementations, one of which is: the first communication device reports the power headroom to the second communication device When reporting (ie, PHR, power headroom report), the power headroom report carries the indication information of the power headroom of the first communication device, so that the second communication device can determine the power headroom report according to the power headroom indication information What kind of power headroom is in the power headroom; another implementation is: the second communication device can configure the power headroom indication information for the first communication device, so that the first communication device can use the power headroom indication The information reports the corresponding power headroom (ie, the power headroom corresponding to the indication information of the power headroom) to the second communication device.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,第一通信装置可以为终端设备,第二通信装置可以为基站或者另一终端设备,以下实施例不再进行说明。It should be noted that in the embodiments of the present application, the first communication device may be a terminal device, and the second communication device may be a base station or another terminal device, and the following embodiments will not be described.
下面从第一通信装置与第二通信装置交互的角度分别详细介绍上述两种不同的实现方式,以说明功率余量上报的完整过程。The following two different implementations are described in detail from the perspective of the interaction between the first communication device and the second communication device to illustrate the complete process of power headroom reporting.
首先,介绍第一种实现方式,如图5所示,本申请实施例提供的功率余量的上报方法可以包括S101-S104:First, the first implementation manner is introduced. As shown in FIG. 5, the method for reporting the power headroom provided by the embodiment of the present application may include S101-S104:
S101、第一通信装置生成功率余量报告,该功率余量报告中包括第一通信装置的功率余量和该功率余量的指示信息。S101. The first communication device generates a power headroom report, where the power headroom report includes the power headroom of the first communication device and indication information of the power headroom.
其中,上述功率余量的指示信息用于指示第一通信装置的功率余量的属性。The indication information of the power headroom is used to indicate the attribute of the power headroom of the first communication device.
本申请实施例中,上述功率余量的属性可以包括下述任一项或任几项:功率余量的链路属性、功率余量的小区属性、功率余量的网络属性、功率余量的混合属性。In the embodiment of the present application, the attributes of the power headroom may include any one or several of the following: link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, network attributes of the power headroom, and power headroom. Mixed attributes.
示例性的,上述链路属性包括第一链路和\或第二链路,即上述第一通信装置的功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量,或者第一通信装置的功率余量为第二链路对应的功率余量,或者第一通信装置的功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量,又或者第一通信装置的功率余量为第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和(也就是,第一链路和第二链路对应的总的功率余量)。其中,该第一链路为第一通信装置与基站之间的无线接入链路(也可以称为Uu口链路),该第二链路为第 一通信装置与其他终端设备之间的无线直连链路(也可以称为sidelink链路)。Exemplarily, the above link attributes include the first link and/or the second link, that is, the power headroom of the first communication device is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, or the power headroom of the first communication device Is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, or the power headroom of the first communication device is the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, or the power of the first communication device The margin is the sum of the power margins corresponding to the first link and the second link (that is, the total power margins corresponding to the first link and the second link). Wherein, the first link is a wireless access link (also called Uu port link) between the first communication device and the base station, and the second link is between the first communication device and other terminal equipment Wireless direct link (also called sidelink link).
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,不同的链路可以承载在不同的载波上,例如第一链路承载在第一载波上,第二链路承载在第二载波上,示例性的,第一通信装置在第一载波上的第一链路进行了信息发送,在第二载波的第二链路上进行了信息发送;不同的链路也可以承载在同一载波上,例如第一链路和第二链路均承载在第一载波上,示例性的,第一通信装置在同一个载波上,同时在第一链路和第二链路上进行了信息发送。第一通信装置上报功率余量时,第一通信装置可以将第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量分别携带在不同的位置(例如下述实施例的MAC CE中两个不同的字节对)中进行上报,第一通信装置也可以将两种链路对应的功率余量进行求和,得到总的功率余量,然后将总的功率余量作为整体携带在一个位置(例如下述实施例中的MAC CE的一个字节对)中进行上报。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, different links may be carried on different carriers, for example, the first link is carried on the first carrier, and the second link is carried on the second carrier. Exemplarily, The first communication device sends information on the first link on the first carrier, and sends information on the second link on the second carrier; different links can also be carried on the same carrier, such as the first link Both the channel and the second link are carried on the first carrier. Exemplarily, the first communication device is on the same carrier, and information is transmitted on the first link and the second link at the same time. When the first communication device reports the power headroom, the first communication device may carry the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in different locations (for example, MAC in the following embodiment) Two different bytes in the report), the first communication device may also sum the power headroom corresponding to the two links to obtain the total power headroom, and then carry the total power headroom as a whole Report in a location (for example, a byte pair of MAC and CE in the following embodiment).
上述第一通信装置的功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量对应携带在不同位置上报的情况,第一通信装置的功率余量为第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和对应将两种功率余量之和作为整体携带在一个位置上报的情况,下述实施例不再进行重复说明。The power headroom of the first communication device is the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link is carried in different locations and reported. The power headroom of the first communication device is the first link The sum of the power headrooms corresponding to the channel and the second link corresponds to the case where the sum of the two power headrooms is carried as a whole and reported at one location, and the following embodiments will not be described repeatedly.
可选的,上述第一制式可以为LTE,第二制式可以为5G NR,则第一制式网络为LTE网络,第二制式网络为5G NR网络,在本申请实施例中,是将第一制式为LTE,第二制式为5G NR作为一种示例介绍功率余量的上报方法,当然,第一制式和第二制式也可以是其他现有的或者未来将定义的网络制式,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the first standard may be LTE, the second standard may be 5G NR, then the first standard network is an LTE network, and the second standard network is a 5G NR network. In the embodiment of the present application, the first standard is For LTE, the second standard is 5G. NR is used as an example to introduce the power headroom reporting method. Of course, the first standard and the second standard may also be other existing or future network standards that will be defined. This is not specifically limited.
上述功率余量的小区属性可以包括:第二链路对应的小区是单小区或多小区,功率余量的小区属性主要用于指示第一通信装置上报的第二链路对应的功率余量是单个小区对应的功率余量,还是多个小区对应的功率余量。可以理解的是,本申请实施例中,不同的小区对应不同的载波,即采用第一通信装置承载的不同的载波来划分第一通信装置所在的小区。The cell attribute of the power headroom may include: the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells, and the cell attribute of the power headroom is mainly used to indicate that the power headroom corresponding to the second link reported by the first communication device is The power headroom corresponding to a single cell is also the power headroom corresponding to multiple cells. It can be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, different cells correspond to different carriers, that is, different carriers carried by the first communication device are used to divide the cell where the first communication device is located.
对于第一链路而言,第一通信装置的所在的小区,可以包括主小区(可以记为PCell)、辅小区(可以记为SpCell)以及其他服务小区(可以记为Serving Cell),其中,主小区指的是第一通信装置的主基站对应的主小区,辅小区指的是第一通信装置的辅基站对应的主小区,其他服务小区指的是主辅基站下除主小区之外的其它服务小区。For the first link, the cell where the first communication device is located may include a primary cell (which may be denoted as PCell), a secondary cell (which may be denoted as SpCell), and other serving cells (which may be denoted as Serving Cell), where, The primary cell refers to the primary cell corresponding to the primary base station of the first communication device, the secondary cell refers to the primary cell corresponding to the secondary base station of the first communication device, and the other serving cells refer to the primary and secondary base stations except the primary cell Other service areas.
本申请实施例中,对于第二链路(即无线直连链路)而言,也可以参考上述第一链路的相关定义来定义第一通信装置所在的小区,即不同的无线直连链路载波也对应不同的小区。当然,无线直连链路上的不同载波也可以不称为小区,而定义为其它的名称,本申请实施例不做限制。In the embodiment of the present application, for the second link (ie, the wireless direct link), the cell in which the first communication device is located, that is, a different wireless direct link The channel carrier also corresponds to different cells. Of course, different carriers on the wireless direct link may not be called cells, but defined as other names, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
上述功率余量的网络属性可以包括:第二链路对应的无线通信制式,该无线通信制式包括第一制式和\或第二制式,指的是第一网络制式和\或第二网络制式。如此,功率余量的网络属性主要是用于指示第一通信装置上报的第二链路对应的功率余量是第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量,还是第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量,还是第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量,还是第一制式网络中第二链路与第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量 之和(也就是,第一制式网络中第二链路和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的总的功率余量)。The network attributes of the power headroom may include: a wireless communication standard corresponding to the second link, and the wireless communication standard includes a first standard and/or a second standard, and refers to the first network standard and/or the second network standard. In this way, the network attribute of the power headroom is mainly used to indicate whether the power headroom corresponding to the second link reported by the first communication device is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network or the second-standard network The power headroom corresponding to the second link is also the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, or the second link in the first-standard network The sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network (that is, the total power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network).
同理,可参考上述第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和的相关描述,本申请实施例中,不同制式的网络可以承载在不同的载波上,例如第一制式网络承载在第一载波上,第二制式网络承载在第二载波上,不同的制式的网络也可以承载在同一载波上,例如第一制式网络和第二制式网络均承载在第一载波上。在第一制式网络和第二制式网络承载在同一载波上的情况下,第一通信装置上报功率余量时,第一通信装置可以将第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量分别携带在不同的位置(例如下述实施例的MAC CE中两个不同的字节对)中进行上报,第一通信装置也可以将两种制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量进行求和,得到总的功率余量,然后将总的功率余量作为整体携带在一个位置(例如下述实施例中的MAC CE的一个字节对)中进行上报。Similarly, reference may be made to the above description of the sum of the power headrooms corresponding to the first link and the second link. In the embodiment of the present application, networks of different standards may be carried on different carriers, for example, network bearers of the first standard On the first carrier, the second-standard network is carried on the second carrier, and networks of different standards may also be carried on the same carrier, for example, both the first-standard network and the second-standard network are carried on the first carrier. In the case where the first-standard network and the second-standard network are carried on the same carrier, when the first communication device reports the power margin, the first communication device may compare the power margin and the corresponding power margin of the second link in the first-standard network The power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network is carried in different locations (for example, two different byte pairs in the MAC and CE in the following embodiments) for reporting. The first communication device may also report the two The power headroom corresponding to the second link in a standard network is summed to obtain the total power headroom, and then the total power headroom is carried as a whole in a location (for example, a word of MAC CE in the following embodiment Report in section ).
上述第一通信装置上报的第二链路对应的功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量对应携带在不同位置上报的情况;第一制式网络中第二链路与第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量之和对应将两种功率余量之和作为整体携带在一个位置上报的情况,下述实施例不再进行重复说明。The power headroom corresponding to the second link reported by the first communication device is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network is carried in different The situation of reporting the position; the sum of the power headrooms corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network corresponds to the case of carrying the sum of the two power headrooms as a whole to report at one location, The following embodiments will not be repeated.
上述功率余量的混合属性包括下述任一种:功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、第一制式网络中第二链路与第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量之和。The mixed attribute of the above power headroom includes any one of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link The corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link, the power headroom is the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link, and the power headroom is the second link in the first-standard network The corresponding power headroom and power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second The sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network.
本申请实施例中,第一通信生成功率余量报告包括确定第一通信装置的各种类型的功率余量,并且确定功率余量的指示信息。第一通信装置的功率余量为第一通信装置的最大发射功率值与第一通信装置已使用的功率之差,第一通信装置的功率余量表示第一通信装置还有多少功率可以使用。In the embodiment of the present application, the first communication generating power headroom report includes determining various types of power headroom of the first communication device, and determining the power headroom indication information. The power headroom of the first communication device is the difference between the maximum transmission power value of the first communication device and the power already used by the first communication device. The power headroom of the first communication device indicates how much power the first communication device can use.
示例性的,对于每一个小区,其对应不同的载波,不同的载波可以对应不同的最大发射功率,因此对于第一通信装置而言,若第一通信装置对应的N个小区,则第一通信装置对应有N个最大发射功率值,这N个最大发射功率值可能不同,也可能相同。Exemplarily, for each cell, it corresponds to a different carrier, and different carriers may correspond to different maximum transmission powers. Therefore, for the first communication device, if there are N cells corresponding to the first communication device, the first communication The device corresponds to N maximum transmit power values. The N maximum transmit power values may be different or the same.
S102、第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送功率余量报告。S102. The first communication device sends a power headroom report to the second communication device.
本申请实施例中,第一通信装置生成功率余量报告之后,第一通信装置可以通过不同的方式向第二通信装置发送该功率余量报告,例如,可以将功率余量报告承载在不同的消息(现有消息或者新消息)中发送至第二通信装置,具体可以根据实际使用需求确定,本申请实施例不作限定。In the embodiment of the present application, after the first communication device generates the power headroom report, the first communication device may send the power headroom report to the second communication device in different ways. For example, the power headroom report may be carried on different The message (existing message or new message) is sent to the second communication device, which can be specifically determined according to actual usage requirements, and is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
可选的,结合图5,如图6所示,上述S102具体可以通过S102a实现:Optionally, with reference to FIG. 5 and FIG. 6, the above S102 may be specifically implemented through S102a:
S102a、第一通信装置通过媒体接入控制控制元素(medium access control control element,MAC CE)向第二通信装置发送功率余量报告。S102a. The first communication device sends a power headroom report to the second communication device through a medium access control element (MAC).
需要强调的是,本申请实施例中,为方便描述,以MAC CE为例进行描述,但是,MAC CE并不构成对本发明的限制,第一通信装置也可以使用别的方式向第二通信装置发送功率余量报告。It should be emphasized that, in the embodiments of the present application, for convenience of description, MAC CE is used as an example for description. However, MAC CE does not constitute a limitation to the present invention, and the first communication device may also use other methods to the second communication device. Send a power headroom report.
本申请实施例中,第一通信装置通过MAC层的控制元素(即上述MAC CE)发送功率余量报告,示例性的,在通信协议中,发送功率余量报告的MAC CE的格式包括多种,例如,单小区的MAC CE,8小区的MAC CE(用于上报最多8个小区的功率余量)以及32小区的MAC CE(用于上报最多32个小区的功率余量),单小区的MAC CE用于上报主小区对应的功率余量,8小区的MAC CE用于上报主小区、辅小区以及其他服务小区的功率余量报告,32小区的MAC CE用于上报主小区、辅小区以及其他服务小区的功率余量报告。In the embodiment of the present application, the first communication device sends the power headroom report through the MAC layer control element (that is, the MAC above). Exemplarily, in the communication protocol, the format of the MAC to send the power headroom report includes multiple , For example, single cell MAC CE, 8 cell MAC CE (for reporting power headroom of up to 8 cells) and 32 cell MAC CE (for reporting power headroom of up to 32 cells), single cell MAC is used to report the power headroom corresponding to the primary cell, MAC of 8 cells is used to report the power headroom report of the primary cell, the secondary cell and other serving cells, and MAC of the 32 cell is used to report the primary cell, the secondary cell and Power headroom reports for other serving cells.
图7为单小区的MAC CE的结构示意图,在图7所示的MAC CE中,第1行对应一个字节(即8比特),第2行对应一个字节,第1行的前两位为预留位,后六位用于携带功率余量,该功率余量为主小区(即PCell)的功率余量,并且该功率余量的类型为Type1,即为PH(Type1,PCell)。第2行的前两位为预留位,后六位用于携带第一通信装置所在的小区(即Pcell)对应的最大发射功率(第一通信装置在主小区下对应的最大发射功率),即理解为服务小区c的载波f对应的最大发射功率。Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of a single cell MAC CE structure. In the MAC CE shown in Fig. 7, the first line corresponds to one byte (that is, 8 bits), the second line corresponds to one byte, and the first two bits of the first line To reserve bits, the last six bits are used to carry power headroom. The power headroom is the power headroom of the main cell (ie, PCell), and the type of the power headroom is Type 1, which is PH (Type 1, PCell). The first two bits in the second row are reserved bits, and the last six bits are used to carry the maximum transmission power corresponding to the cell (ie, Pcell) where the first communication device is located (the maximum transmission power corresponding to the first communication device under the primary cell), That is, it is understood as the maximum transmission power corresponding to the carrier f of the serving cell c.
示例性的,本申请实施例中,对于第一链路而言,第一通信装置的功率余量的类型可以为传输物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)的功率余量(记为Type1),传输PUSCH和物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)的功率余量(记为Type2)以及传输探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)的功率余量(记为Type3)。Exemplarily, in the embodiment of the present application, for the first link, the type of the power headroom of the first communication device may be a power headroom (referred to as a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) for transmitting physical uplink shared channel (denoted as Type1), the power headroom (referred to as Type 2) for transmitting PUSCH and the physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH) and the power headroom (referred to as Type 3) for transmitting sounding reference signal (SRS).
目前,在通信协议中还没有对于第二链路对应的功率余量的类型进行划分的规定,本申请实施例中,类似的,对于第二链路而言,第一通信装置的功率余量的类型的划分可以参考上述第一链路对应的功率余量的类型进行划分,当然,第二链路对应的功率余量也可以根据其他的规则进行划分或定义,具体可以根据实际情况确定,本申请实施例不作限定。Currently, there is no provision in the communication protocol to divide the type of power headroom corresponding to the second link. In the embodiment of the present application, similarly, for the second link, the power headroom of the first communication device The division of the type can refer to the type of power headroom corresponding to the first link mentioned above. Of course, the power headroom corresponding to the second link can also be divided or defined according to other rules, which can be determined according to the actual situation. The embodiments of the present application are not limited.
本申请实施例中,第一通信装置可以在上述MAC CE的预留位(即图7中标记有“R”的比特位)中携带上述第一通信装置的功率余量的指示信息,可选的,可以将MAC CE中的一位或者几位用于携带功率余量的属性中的某一种。示例性的,若功率余量的属性为链路属性,可以在图7中的预留位中的某两位(例如MAC CE的第一行对应的第1字节中的两个预留位)中添加指示信息以指示第一通信装置本次上报的功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量,还是第二链路对应的功率余量,还是第一链路对应对的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量,还是第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和。In the embodiment of the present application, the first communication device may carry the power headroom indication information of the first communication device in the reserved bits of the MAC CE (that is, the bits marked with "R" in FIG. 7), optional Yes, one or several bits in the MAC CE can be used for one of the attributes of carrying power headroom. Exemplarily, if the attribute of the power headroom is a link attribute, a certain two bits in the reserved bits in FIG. 7 (for example, two reserved bits in the first byte corresponding to the first line of the MAC CE ) To add instruction information to indicate that the power headroom reported by the first communication device this time is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom corresponding to the second link, or the power headroom corresponding to the first link The power headroom corresponding to the second link is also the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link.
如下表1为在两个预留位中添加指示信息指示功率余量的链路属性的一种示例。Table 1 below is an example of link attributes that add indication information to indicate power headroom in the two reserved bits.
表1Table 1
两个预留位Two reserved bits 功率余量的链路属性Link attributes for power headroom
0000 第一链路对应的功率余量Power headroom corresponding to the first link
0101 第二链路对应的功率余量Power headroom corresponding to the second link
1010 第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量The power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link
1111 第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和The sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link
又例如,功率余量的属性为小区属性,可以在图7中的预留位中的某一位(例如第1字节中的第一个预留位)中添加指示信息以指示第一通信装置本次上报的第二链路对应的功率余量为单小区对应的功率余量还是多小区对应的功率余量。示例性的,可以采用标识“0”表示第二链路对应的功率余量为单小区对应的功率余量,采用“1”表示第二链路对应的功率余量为多小区对应的功率余量,也可以采用标识“1”表示第二链路对应的功率余量为单小区对应的功率余量,采用“0”表示功率余量为第二链路对应的功率余量为多小区对应的功率余量,具体可以根据实际使用需求确定,本申请实施例不作限定。For another example, the attribute of the power headroom is a cell attribute, and indication information may be added to a certain bit in the reserved bits in FIG. 7 (for example, the first reserved bit in the first byte) to indicate the first communication Whether the power headroom corresponding to the second link reported by the device this time is a power headroom corresponding to a single cell or a power headroom corresponding to multiple cells. Exemplarily, the identifier "0" may be used to indicate that the power headroom corresponding to the second link is the power headroom corresponding to a single cell, and "1" is used to indicate that the power headroom corresponding to the second link is power headroom corresponding to multiple cells You can also use the identifier "1" to indicate that the power headroom corresponding to the second link is the power headroom corresponding to a single cell, and "0" to indicate the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link is multi-cell The specific power headroom can be determined according to actual use requirements, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
如下表2为在一个预留位中添加指示信息指示功率余量的小区属性的一种示例。Table 2 below is an example of a cell attribute in which indication information is added to a reserved bit to indicate a power headroom.
表2Table 2
一个预留位A reserved bit 第二链路对应的功率余量的小区属性Cell attribute of the power headroom corresponding to the second link
00 单小区 Single cell
11 多小区Multi-cell
同理,对于功率余量的网络属性以及混合属性,也可以通过与上述链路属性和小区属性相似的方式被携带在MAC CE的预留位中。Similarly, the network attributes and hybrid attributes of the power headroom can also be carried in the reserved bits of the MAC CE in a similar manner to the above-mentioned link attributes and cell attributes.
可选的,本申请实施例中,若功率余量的属性包括上述几种属性时,可以采用MAC CE的不同预留位携带不同的属性,例如功率余量的属性包括链路属性和小区属性时,可以在MAC CE的第一行中的2个预留位中携带链路属性,在第二行中的第1个预留位携带小区属性,具体可以参见上述表1和表2,此处不再详述。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the attributes of the power headroom include the above-mentioned attributes, different reserved bits of the MAC and CE may be used to carry different attributes, for example, the attributes of the power headroom include link attributes and cell attributes At this time, the link attributes can be carried in the 2 reserved bits in the first row of the MAC CE, and the cell attributes in the first reserved bit in the second row. For details, see Table 1 and Table 2 above. The office will not elaborate.
结合图7,可以理解的是,MAC CE中每两个字节对应一个小区,即使用两个字节携带一种功率余量,以下实施例中,将MAC CE中对应一个小区的功率余量的两个字节称为一个字节对。With reference to FIG. 7, it can be understood that every two bytes in the MAC corresponds to a cell, that is, two bytes are used to carry a power headroom. In the following embodiment, the power headroom of a cell in the MAC CE The two bytes are called a byte pair.
当然,也可以通过MAC CE只反馈功率余量,不反馈最大发射功率,那么只用一个字节反馈功率余量。示例性的,根据实际情况选择使用一个字节上报一种功率余量还是采用两个字节上报一种功率余量,本申请实施例对此不做限制。Of course, it is also possible to feed back only the power headroom through the MAC and not the maximum transmit power, so only one byte is used to feed back the power headroom. Exemplarily, whether to use one byte to report a power headroom or two bytes to report a power headroom is selected according to the actual situation, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
图8为8小区的MAC CE的结构示意图,与图7不同的是,8小区的MAC CE中,MAC CE的第一行包括小区指示信息,如图8中的C1、C2、C3、C4、C5、C6或C7,以C1为例,若C1的位置上的指示信息为“0”,表示MAC CE中与C1对应的字节对中未携带功率余量,若C1的位置上的指示信息为“1”,表示MAC CE中与C1对应的字节对中携带有功率余量。图8中,除第一行之外,MAC CE还包括9个字节对,这9个字节对可以用于携带8个小区的功率余量,并且从第3个字节对开始,每个字节对依次与上述C1、C2、C3、C4、C5、C6以及C7一一对应,其中,第1个字节对用于携带第一通信装置的SpCell、Type2的功率余量,第2个字节对用于携带第一通 信装置的PCell、Type1的功率余量,第3个字节至第9个字节对携带其他服务小区的某种类型的功率余量或辅小区的其他类型的功率余量,具体可以根据实际情况在第3个字节至第9个字节中携带对应的功率余量,本申请实施例对第3个字节至第9个字节中携带的功率余量不作具体限定。Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the MAC of 8 cells. Unlike FIG. 7, in the MAC of 8 cells, the first line of the MAC includes cell indication information, as shown in C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6 or C7, taking C1 as an example, if the indication information at the position of C1 is "0", it means that the byte pair corresponding to C1 in the MAC does not carry the power headroom, if the indication information at the position of C1 "1" indicates that the byte pair corresponding to C1 in the MAC carries power headroom. In Figure 8, in addition to the first row, the MAC CE also includes 9 byte pairs, which can be used to carry the power headroom of 8 cells, and from the third byte pair, each The byte pairs correspond to C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, and C7 in sequence, where the first byte corresponds to the power headroom of SpCell and Type2 used to carry the first communication device, the second Bytes to the power headroom of PCell, Type1 used to carry the first communication device, and bytes 3 to 9 to carry a certain type of power headroom of other serving cells or other types of secondary cells The power headroom can be carried in the third byte to the ninth byte according to the actual situation. The power carried in the third byte to the ninth byte The margin is not specifically limited.
另外,上述图8中所示的MAC CE的结构示意图中,标记为“P”的比特位用于指示第一通信装置是否进行过功率回退(即是否对功率余量进行过缩放),标记为“V”的比特位用于指示该字节对中携带的功率余量为真实的功率余量或者虚拟的功率余量,这两种比特位不能用于携带功率余量的指示信息。In addition, in the schematic diagram of the MAC CE shown in FIG. 8 above, the bit marked “P” is used to indicate whether the first communication device has performed power backoff (that is, whether the power headroom has been scaled). The bit "V" is used to indicate that the power headroom carried in the byte pair is the real power headroom or the virtual power headroom. These two bits cannot be used to carry the indication information of the power headroom.
图9为32小区的MAC CE的结构示意图,与图8类似,MAC CE中也包括小区指示信息,如C1、C2、C3、C4、C5、C6、……C31,除上述小区指示信息之外,MAC CE还包括33个字节对,这33个字节对可以用于携带32个小区的功率余量,并且从第3个字节对开始,每个字节对依次与上述C1、C2、C3、C4、C5、C6、……C31一一对应,同理,第1个字节对用于携带第一通信装置的SpCell、Type2的功率余量,第2个字节对用于携带第一通信装置的PCell、Type1的功率余量,第3个字节至第33个字节对携带其他服务小区的某种类型的功率余量或辅小区的其他类型的功率余量。Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a 32-cell MAC CE. Similar to FIG. 8, the MAC CE also includes cell indication information, such as C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, ... C31, in addition to the above cell indication information , MAC also includes 33 byte pairs, which can be used to carry the power headroom of 32 cells, and starting from the third byte pair, each byte pair is in turn in line with the above C1, C2 , C3, C4, C5, C6, ... C31 one-to-one correspondence, in the same way, the first byte is used to carry the power headroom of the SpCell and Type2 of the first communication device, and the second byte is used to carry The power headrooms of the PCell and Type1 of the first communication device, the third byte to the 33rd byte pair carry a certain type of power headroom of other serving cells or other types of power headroom of the secondary cell.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,在上述图7、图8、图9所示的MAC CE的不同格式中,若MAC CE的预留位不够携带上述功率余量的属性信息时,可以采用其他消息携带功率余量的指示信息,本发明实施例不作具体限定。It should be noted that, in the embodiments of the present application, in the different formats of MAC CE shown in FIG. 7, FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 above, if the reserved bits of MAC CE are insufficient to carry the attribute information of the power headroom mentioned above, The indication information of the power headroom carried by other messages is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
需要说明的是,上述描述主要是以现有协议中针对第一链路的功率余量的上报定义的格式作为参考的,对于第二链路对应的功率余量的上报,或者针对第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量的上报,或者针对第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和的上报,其MAC CE格式可以参考上述描述,但是并不对其构成限制。It should be noted that the above description mainly refers to the format defined in the existing protocol for reporting the power headroom of the first link, for the reporting of the power headroom corresponding to the second link, or for the first chain For the report of the power headroom corresponding to the channel and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, or for the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link, the MAC format of the CE can refer to the above description, but It does not constitute a restriction.
可选的,本申请实施例中,当第一通信装置的功率余量包括第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量时,上述功率余量的指示信息中还可以包括:第一链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置。可以理解的是,这里功率余量在MAC CE中的位置即指的是功率余量存储在MAC CE的哪个或哪些字节对中。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, when the power headroom of the first communication device includes the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, the above power headroom indication information also includes It may include: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC CE and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC CE. It can be understood that the position of the power headroom in the MAC CE here refers to which byte or pairs of the MAC headlight the power headroom is stored in.
本申请实施例中,第一通信装置既要上报第一链路对应的功率余量,也要上报第二链路对应的功率余量时,第一通信装置可以在MAC CE的部分字节对中携带第一链路对应的功率余量,在另一部分字节中携带第二链路对应的功率余量,并且将两种功率余量所存储的位置的指示信息也作为功率余量的指示信息发送给基站。示例性的,若第一通信装置需要上报7个小区的功率余量,其中第一链路对应的功率余量对应4个小区,第二链路对应的功率余量对应3个小区,则第一通信装置采用上述8小区MAC CE的格式(图8所示的MAC CE的结构示意图),第一通信装置可以在C1-C4对应的字节对中携带第一链路对应的4个小区的功率余量,在C5-C7对应的字节对应中携带第二链路对应的3个小区的功率余量。In the embodiment of the present application, when the first communication device reports both the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, the first communication device may pair Carries the power headroom corresponding to the first link, carries the power headroom corresponding to the second link in another part of the bytes, and uses the indication information of the positions where the two power headrooms are stored as an indicator of the power headroom The information is sent to the base station. Exemplarily, if the first communication device needs to report the power headroom of 7 cells, where the power headroom corresponding to the first link corresponds to 4 cells and the power headroom corresponding to the second link corresponds to 3 cells, then the first A communication device adopts the above 8-cell MAC CE format (schematic diagram of the MAC MAC shown in FIG. 8), and the first communication device may carry the four cells corresponding to the first link in the byte pairs corresponding to C1-C4 The power headroom carries the power headroom of the three cells corresponding to the second link in the corresponding byte corresponding to C5-C7.
同理,可选的,本申请实施例中,当第一通信装置上报的功率余量为第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和时,上述功率余量的指示信息中还可以包括:第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和的小区指示信息,该小区指示信息用于指示在哪些小 区上报第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和,和/或第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和在MAC CE中的位置。Similarly, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, when the power headroom reported by the first communication device is the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link, the indication information of the power headroom It may also include: cell indication information of the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link, where the cell indication information is used to indicate in which cells to report the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link The sum, and/or the position of the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link in the MAC CE.
可选的,本申请实施例中,当第一通信装置的功率余量包括第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量时,上述功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, when the power headroom of the first communication device includes the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network The indication information of the power headroom may also include: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network in the MAC In the location.
同理,可选的,本申请实施例中,当第一通信装置的功率余量包括第一制式网络中第二链路与第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量之和时,上述功率余量的指示信息中还可以包括:第一制式网络中第二链路与第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量之和的小区指示信息,该小区指示信息用于指示在哪些小区上报第一制式网络中第二链路与第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量之和,和/或第一制式网络中第二链路与第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量之和在MAC CE中的位置。Similarly, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, when the power headroom of the first communication device includes the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network The indication information of the power headroom may further include: cell indication information of a sum of power headrooms corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network. The cell indication information is used for Indicate which cells report the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network, and/or the second link in the first-standard network and the second-standard network The position of the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC CE.
本申请实施例中,当第一通信装置既要上报第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量,也要上报第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量时,第一通信装置可以在MAC CE的部分字节对中携带第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量,在另一部分字节中携带第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量,并且将两种功率余量所存储的位置的指示信息也作为功率余量的指示信息发送给基站。示例性的,若C1-C7对应的字节对用于携带第二链路对应的功率余量,并且第一制式网络中第二链路有2个小区,第二制式网络中第二链路有5个小区,则可以在C1和C2对应的字节对中携带第一制式网络中第二链路的2个小区的功率余量,在C3-C7对应的字节对中携带第二制式网络中第二链路的5个小区的功率余量。In the embodiment of the present application, when the first communication device reports both the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, the first The communication device may carry the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in a part of the MAC byte pair of the CE, and carry the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network in another part of the byte, In addition, the indication information of the positions where the two types of power headrooms are stored is also sent to the base station as the power headroom indication information. Exemplarily, if the byte pairs corresponding to C1-C7 are used to carry the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the second link in the first-standard network has 2 cells, the second link in the second-standard network If there are 5 cells, you can carry the power headroom of the 2 cells of the second link in the first-standard network in the byte pairs corresponding to C1 and C2, and the second standard in the byte pairs corresponding to C3-C7 The power headroom of the 5 cells of the second link in the network.
可选的,结合图6,如图10所示,在S101之后,在S102a之前,本申请实施例提供的功率余量的上报方法还可以包括S1011:Optionally, with reference to FIG. 6 and as shown in FIG. 10, after S101 and before S102a, the power headroom reporting method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include S1011:
S1011、第一通信装置根据第一链路对应的小区和第二链路对应的小区的总数量,确定MAC CE的格式。S1011: The first communication device determines the format of the MAC according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and cells corresponding to the second link.
本申请实施例中,现有的通信协议中规定的MAC CE的格式包括上述单小区、8小区以及32小区的MAC CE,第一通信装置通过MAC CE上报功率余量报告时,可以选择满足使用需求的MAC CE的格式,示例性的,第一通信装置根据需要上报功率余量的小区的总数量确定MAC CE的格式,该小区的总数量为第一通信装置的第一链路对应的小区的数量与第一通信装置的第二链路对应的小区的数量之和。In the embodiment of the present application, the format of the MAC specified in the existing communication protocol includes the above single-cell, 8-cell, and 32-cell MAC CEs. When the first communication device reports the power headroom report through the MAC, it can choose to satisfy the use The format of the required MAC CE. Exemplarily, the first communication device determines the format of the MAC according to the total number of cells that need to report the power headroom. The total number of the cells is the cell corresponding to the first link of the first communication device And the number of cells corresponding to the second link of the first communication device.
可选的,上述单小区、8小区以及32小区的MAC CE格式仅是以现有协议定义的第一链路的MAC CE为参考的格式,并不构成对本申请实施例的限制。针对第二链路,以及针对第一链路和第二链路混合上报等情况,MAC CE的格式可以有新的定义。Optionally, the above-mentioned single cell, 8 cell, and 32 cell MAC CE formats only refer to the MAC of the first link defined in the existing protocol as a reference format, and do not constitute a limitation on the embodiments of the present application. For the second link, and for the mixed reporting of the first link and the second link, the format of the MAC CE can have a new definition.
S103、第二通信装置接收第一通信装置发送的功率余量报告。S103. The second communication device receives the power headroom report sent by the first communication device.
其中,该功率余量报告中包括第一通信装置的功率余量和该功率余量的指示信息,同上述S101,该功率余量的指示信息用于指示第一通信装置的功率余量的属性。Wherein, the power headroom report includes the power headroom of the first communication device and the indication information of the power headroom, same as the above S101, the power headroom indication information is used to indicate the attribute of the power headroom of the first communication device .
对于上述功率余量的属性包括的具体内容的描述,可以参见上述S101中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。For a description of the specific content included in the attribute of the above power headroom, reference may be made to the related description in S101 above, and details are not repeated here.
可选的,本申请实施例中,若第一通信装置通过MAC CE向第二通信装置发送功 率余量报告,相应地,该第二通信装置也通过MAC CE接收第一通信装置发送的功率余量报告,并且可以从MAC CE的预留位中获取功率余量的指示信息。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first communication device sends a power headroom report to the second communication device through MAC CE, accordingly, the second communication device also receives the power headroom sent by the first communication device through MAC Quantity report, and the indication information of power headroom can be obtained from the reserved bits of MAC CE.
S104、第二通信装置根据功率余量的指示信息,确定功率余量报告中与该功率余量的指示信息对应的功率余量。S104. The second communication device determines the power headroom corresponding to the power headroom indication information in the power headroom report according to the power headroom indication information.
上述第二通信装置接收到第一通信装置发送的功率余量报告之后,可以获取该功率余量报告中的功率余量的指示信息,并且根据该功率余量的指示信息可以确定功率余量报告中的功率余量对应的是何种功率余量。After receiving the power headroom report sent by the first communication device, the second communication device may obtain the power headroom indication information in the power headroom report, and may determine the power headroom report according to the power headroom indication information What power headroom corresponds to the power headroom in.
示例性的,若功率余量的指示信息包括功率余量的链路的属性,第二通信装置可以根据该链路的属性确定第一通信装置上报的功率余量是第一链路对应的功率余量还是第二链路对应的功率余量,例如,结合上述表2,指示链路属性的指示信息为“00”,则可知第一通信上报的功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量,不包括第二链路对应的功率余量。Exemplarily, if the indication information of the power headroom includes the attribute of the link of the power headroom, the second communication device may determine that the power headroom reported by the first communication device is the power corresponding to the first link according to the attribute of the link The headroom is also the power headroom corresponding to the second link. For example, in combination with Table 2 above, the indication information indicating the link attribute is "00", it can be known that the power headroom reported by the first communication is the power corresponding to the first link The margin does not include the power margin corresponding to the second link.
进一步可选的,当功率余量的指示信息还包括第一链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置时,第二通信装置可以根据功率余量的指示信息中的位置确定MAC CE的哪些字节对中携带第一链路对应的功率余量,哪些字节对中携带第二链路对应的功率余量。Further optionally, when the indication information of the power headroom further includes the position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC, the second communication The device may determine which byte pairs of the MAC CE carry the power margin corresponding to the first link and which byte pairs carry the power margin corresponding to the second link according to the position in the indication information of the power margin.
进一步可选的,当功率余量的指示信息还包括第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置时,第二通信装置可以根据功率余量的指示信息中的位置确定MAC CE中的哪些字节对中携带第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量,哪些字节对中携带第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量。Further optionally, when the indication information of the power headroom further includes the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, When the position in the MAC is CE, the second communication device can determine which byte pairs in the MAC carry the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the network of the first standard and which words in the MAC according to the position in the power margin indication information The node pair carries the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
本申请实施例中,若第二通信装置为基站,基站接收到第一通信装置的功率余量之后,基站可以根据第一通信装置的功率余量为第一通信装置分配上行传输资源;若第二通信装置为其他终端设备时,该终端设备接收到第一通信装置的功率余量之后,可以根据该终端设备的测量的信道质量的结果和其接收到的第一通信装置的功率余量,请求第一通信装置调整发射功率。比如,如果测量的信道质量很差,但是第一通信装置的功率余量显示第一通信装置还有很多功率余量,则该终端设备可以要求第一通信装置增大发射功率;相反,如果测量的信道质量很好(在这种情况下,终端设备可以不参考第一通信装置的功率余量),则该终端可以建议第一通信装置降低发射功率。In the embodiment of the present application, if the second communication device is a base station, after the base station receives the power headroom of the first communication device, the base station may allocate uplink transmission resources to the first communication device according to the power headroom of the first communication device; When the second communication device is another terminal device, after receiving the power headroom of the first communication device, the terminal device may use the result of the channel quality measured by the terminal device and the power headroom of the first communication device it receives, Request the first communication device to adjust the transmission power. For example, if the measured channel quality is poor, but the power headroom of the first communication device shows that the first communication device still has a lot of power headroom, the terminal device may request the first communication device to increase the transmission power; on the contrary, if the measurement The channel quality of is very good (in this case, the terminal device may not refer to the power margin of the first communication device), then the terminal may suggest that the first communication device reduce the transmission power.
本申请实施例提供的功率余量的上报方法,由于第一通信装置向第二通信装置上报该第一通信装置的功率余量时,第一通信装置可以生成包括功率余量以及功率余量的指示信息的功率余量报告,并向第二通信装置发送该功率余量报告,从而基站可以根据其接收到的功率余量的指示信息确定第一通信装置上报了哪些功率余量,因此,能够更加灵活地实现不同的功率余量的上报。The method for reporting the power headroom provided by the embodiment of the present application, because when the first communication device reports the power headroom of the first communication device to the second communication device, the first communication device may generate a power headroom including the power headroom and the power headroom Indicating the power headroom report of the information and sending the power headroom report to the second communication device, so that the base station can determine which power headroom is reported by the first communication device according to the received power headroom indication information, and therefore, it can More flexible to realize the reporting of different power margins.
其次,介绍第二种实现方式,如图11所示,本申请实施例提供的功率余量的上报方法可以包括S201-S204:Secondly, the second implementation manner is introduced. As shown in FIG. 11, the method for reporting the power headroom provided by the embodiment of the present application may include S201-S204:
S201、第二通信装置生成功率余量的指示信息,该功率余量的指示信息用于指示第一通信装置的功率余量的属性。S201. The second communication device generates power headroom indication information, where the power headroom indication information is used to indicate the attribute of the power headroom of the first communication device.
本申请实施例中,上述功率余量的属性可以包括下述任一项或任几项:功率余量 的链路属性、功率余量的小区属性、功率余量的网络属性、功率余量的混合属性。In the embodiment of the present application, the attributes of the power headroom may include any one or several of the following: link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, network attributes of the power headroom, and power headroom. Mixed attributes.
示例性的,上述链路属性包括第一链路和\或第二链路,即功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量,或者功率余量为第二链路对应的功率余量,或者功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量,又或者功率余量为第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和。其中,该第一链路为第一通信装置与基站之间的无线接入链路(也可以称为Uu口链路),该第二链路为第一通信装置与其他终端设备之间的无线直连链路(也可以称为sidelink链路)。Exemplarily, the above link attributes include the first link and the second link, that is, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, or the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link Or, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, or the power headroom is the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link. Wherein, the first link is a wireless access link (also called Uu port link) between the first communication device and the base station, and the second link is between the first communication device and other terminal equipment Wireless direct link (also called sidelink link).
上述功率余量的小区属性可以包括:第二链路对应的是单小区或多小区,功率余量的小区属性主要用于指示第二链路对应的功率余量是单个小区对应的功率余量,还是多个小区对应的功率余量,上述小区指的是第一通信装置的所在的小区。The cell attribute of the power headroom may include: the second link corresponds to a single cell or multiple cells, and the cell attribute of the power headroom is mainly used to indicate that the power headroom corresponding to the second link is the power headroom corresponding to the single cell Is also the power headroom corresponding to multiple cells, and the cell refers to the cell where the first communication device is located.
上述功率余量的网络属性可以包括:第二链路对应的无线通信制式,该无线通信制式包括第一制式和\或第二制式。功率余量的网络属性主要是用于指示第二链路对应的功率余量是第一制式网络对应的功率余量,还是第二制式网络对应的功率余量,还是第一制式网络对应的功率余量和第二制式网络对应的功率余量,还是第一制式网络中第二链路与第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量之和。The network attribute of the power headroom may include: a wireless communication standard corresponding to the second link, and the wireless communication standard includes the first standard and/or the second standard. The network attribute of the power headroom is mainly used to indicate whether the power headroom corresponding to the second link is the power headroom corresponding to the first-standard network, the power headroom corresponding to the second-standard network, or the power corresponding to the first-standard network The headroom and the power headroom corresponding to the second-standard network are also the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network.
上述功率余量的混合属性包括下述任一种:功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量、功率余量为第一制式网络中第二链路与第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量之和。The mixed attribute of the above power headroom includes any one of the following: the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the first link The corresponding power headroom corresponds to the power headroom corresponding to the second link, the power headroom is the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link, and the power headroom is the second link in the first-standard network The corresponding power headroom and power headroom are the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second The power headroom and power headroom corresponding to the second link are the sum of the power headrooms corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network.
对于功率余量的指示信息的其他描述,可以参见上述S101中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。For other descriptions of the indication information of the power headroom, reference may be made to the related description in S101 above, and details are not repeated here.
S202、第二通信装置为第一通信装置配置功率余量的指示信息。S202. The second communication device configures power headroom indication information for the first communication device.
本申请实施例中,第二通信装置为第一通信装置配置功率余量的指示信息的目的在于,通知第一通信装置根据该第二通信装置配置的功率余量的指示信息向第二通信装置上报对应的功率余量。In the embodiment of the present application, the purpose of the second communication device configuring the power headroom indication information for the first communication device is to notify the first communication device to the second communication device according to the power headroom indication information configured by the second communication device Report the corresponding power headroom.
可选的,本申请实施例中,第二通信装置为第一通信装置配置功率余量的指示信息的方法可以为:第二通信装置可以通过现有的消息或者信令向第一通信装置发送功率余量的指示信息,第二通信装置也可以通过其他新的消息向第一通信装置发送功率余量的指示信息,本申请实施例不作具体限定。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the method for the second communication device to configure the power headroom indication information for the first communication device may be: the second communication device may send the first communication device to the first communication device through an existing message or signaling For the power headroom indication information, the second communication device may also send the power headroom indication information to the first communication device through other new messages, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
可选的,本申请实施例中,上述功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置,即第二通信装置可以指示第一通信装置在MAC CE的哪些字节对中携带第一链路对应的功率余量,在哪些字节对中携带第二链路对应的功率余量。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the above power headroom indication information may further include: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC , That is, the second communication device may indicate to the first communication device which byte pairs of the MAC carry the power headroom corresponding to the first link and which byte pairs carry the power headroom corresponding to the second link .
上述功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量在MAC CE中的位置,即第二通信装置可以指示第一通信装置在MAC CE的哪些字节对中携带第一制式网络 中第二链路对应的功率余量,在哪些字节对中携带第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量。The indication information of the power headroom may further include: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network in the MAC The position of the second communication device, that is, the second communication device may indicate to the first communication device which byte pairs of the MAC carry the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, and in which byte pairs the second-standard network The power headroom corresponding to the second link in.
可选的,上述功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和的小区指示信息和\或第一链路与第二链路对应的功率余量之和在MAC CE中的位置;或者,第一制式网络中第二链路与第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量之和的小区指示信息和\或第一制式网络中第二链路与第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量之和在MAC CE中的位置。Optionally, the indication information of the power headroom may further include: cell indication information of the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the second link and/or the power corresponding to the first link and the second link The location of the sum of the margins in the MAC CE; or, the cell indication information of the sum of the power margins corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second link in the second-standard network and/or the first-standard network The position of the sum of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the medium and the second link in the second-standard network in the MAC CE.
可选的,上述功率余量的指示信息还可以包括:MAC CE的格式指示信息,该格式指示信息用于指示根据第一链路对应的小区和第二链路对应的小区的总数量确定MAC CE的格式。Optionally, the indication information of the power headroom may further include: MAC format indication information of the CE, which is used to indicate that the MAC is determined according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and the cells corresponding to the second link CE format.
对于MAC的格式的详细描述,可以参见上述S102a中的相关描述以及图8、图9以及图10,此处不再赘述。For a detailed description of the format of the MAC, reference may be made to the related description in S102a above and FIG. 8, FIG. 9, and FIG. 10, which are not repeated here.
S203、第一通信装置获取第二通信装置配置的功率余量的指示信息。S203. The first communication device obtains the indication information of the power headroom configured by the second communication device.
S204、第一通信装置根据功率余量的指示信息向第二通信装置发送功率余量报告,该功率余量报告中包括第一通信装置的功率余量。S204. The first communication device sends a power headroom report to the second communication device according to the power headroom indication information, where the power headroom report includes the power headroom of the first communication device.
结合图11,如图12所示,上述S204具体可以通过S204a-S204b实现:With reference to FIG. 11 and as shown in FIG. 12, the above S204 may be specifically implemented through S204a-S204b:
S204a、第一通信装置根据功率余量的指示信息生成功率余量报告,该功率余量报告中包括与功率余量的指示信息对应的功率余量。S204a. The first communication device generates a power headroom report according to the power headroom indication information, where the power headroom report includes the power headroom corresponding to the power headroom indication information.
本申请实施例中,第一通信装置根据功率余量的指示信息生成功率余量报告指的是第一通信装置确定与功率余量的指示信息对应的功率余量。In the embodiment of the present application, the first communication device generating the power headroom report according to the power headroom indication information refers to the first communication device determining the power headroom corresponding to the power headroom indication information.
示例性的,若功率余量的指示信息中包括功率余量的链路属性,并且功率余量的链路属性包括第一链路和第二链路,则第一通信装置确定出第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量,即生成了功率余量报告。第一通信装置确定功率余量的方法可以参见上述S101中的相关描述,此处不再详述。Exemplarily, if the indication information of the power headroom includes the link attribute of the power headroom, and the link attribute of the power headroom includes the first link and the second link, the first communication device determines the first link The power headroom corresponding to the channel and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, that is, the power headroom report is generated. For the method for the first communication device to determine the power headroom, reference may be made to the related description in S101 above, which will not be described in detail here.
S204b、第一通信装置通过MAC CE向第二通信装置发送功率余量报告。S204b. The first communication device sends a power headroom report to the second communication device through the MAC CE.
本申请实施例中,上述第一通信装置生成的功率余量报告中包括第一链路对应的功率余量和第二链路对应的功率余量时,该第一通信装置根据功率余量的指示信息,在MAC CE中第一链路对应的功率余量的位置添加第一链路对应的功率余量,并且在第二链路对应的功率余量的位置添加第二链路对应的功率余量。In the embodiment of the present application, when the power headroom report generated by the first communication device includes the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, the first communication device Instruction information, add the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC, and add the power corresponding to the second link at the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link margin.
上述第一通信装置生成的功率余量报告中包括第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量和第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量时,该第一通信装置根据功率余量的指示信息,在MAC CE中第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量的位置添加第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量,在第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量的位置添加第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量。When the power headroom report generated by the first communication device includes the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, the first communication device For the power headroom indication information, add the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network to the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC. In the second-standard network, The power headroom corresponding to the second link is added to the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
本申请实施例提供的功率余量的上报方法,由于第二通信装置可以生成功率余量的指示信息,并向第一通信装置配置该功率余量的指示信息,从而第一通信装置可以生成与配置的功率余量的指示信息对应的功率余量,并向第二通信装置上报功率余量,第一通信装置无需再发送功率余量的指示信息,因此,能够更加灵活地实现功率余量的上报。The method for reporting the power headroom provided by the embodiment of the present application, because the second communication device can generate the indication information of the power headroom and configure the indication information of the power headroom to the first communication device, so that the first communication device can generate the Configure the power headroom corresponding to the indication information of the power headroom, and report the power headroom to the second communication device. The first communication device does not need to send the power headroom indication information. Therefore, the power headroom can be implemented more flexibly Escalate.
综上所述,在上述第一种实现方式和第二种实现方式,可以选择任一种实现方式进行功率余量上报。In summary, in the first implementation manner and the second implementation manner described above, any implementation manner can be selected to report the power headroom.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本发明实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个网元,例如第一通信装置、第二通信装置等为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本发明实施例能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The above mainly introduces the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present invention from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. It can be understood that, in order to realize the above-mentioned functions, each network element, such as the first communication device and the second communication device, includes a hardware structure and/or a software module corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that, in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the embodiments of the present invention can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed by hardware or computer software driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本发明实施例可以根据上述方法示例对第一通信装置、第二通信装置等进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本发明实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiments of the present invention may divide the first communication device, the second communication device, etc. into functional modules according to the above method examples. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated in In a processing module. The above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of the modules in the embodiment of the present invention is schematic, and is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图13示出了上述实施例中所涉及的第一通信装置的一种可能的结构示意图,如图13所示,第一通信装置1000可以包括:生成模块1001和发送模块1002。生成模块1001可以用于支持第一通信装置1000执行上述方法实施例中的S101;发送模块1002可以用于支持第一通信装置1000执行上述方法实施例中的S102(包括S102a);可选的,如图13所示,该第一通信装置1000还可以包括确定模块1003,该确定模块1003可以用于支持第一通信装置1000执行上述方法实施例中的S1011。其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。In the case where each function module is divided corresponding to each function, FIG. 13 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the first communication device involved in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 13, the first communication device 1000 may include : Generate module 1001 and send module 1002. The generating module 1001 may be used to support the first communication device 1000 to execute S101 in the above method embodiment; the sending module 1002 may be used to support the first communication device 1000 to execute S102 (including S102a) in the above method embodiment; optionally, As shown in FIG. 13, the first communication device 1000 may further include a determination module 1003, and the determination module 1003 may be used to support the first communication device 1000 to perform S1011 in the foregoing method embodiment. Wherein, all relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiments can be referred to the function description of the corresponding function module, which will not be repeated here.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图14示出了上述实施例中所涉及的第一通信装置的一种可能的结构示意图。如图14所示,第一通信装置2000可以包括:处理模块2001和通信模块2002。处理模块2001可以用于对第一通信装置2000的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理模块2001可以用于支持第一通信装置2000执行上述方法实施例中的S101和S1011,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。通信模块2002可以用于支持第一通信装置2000与其他网络实体的通信,例如通信模块2002可以用于支持第一通信装置2000执行上述方法实施例中的S102(包括S102a)。可选的,如图14所示,该第一通信装置2000还可以包括存储模块2003,用于存储第一通信装置2000的程序代码和数据。In the case of using an integrated unit, FIG. 14 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the first communication device involved in the foregoing embodiment. As shown in FIG. 14, the first communication device 2000 may include a processing module 2001 and a communication module 2002. The processing module 2001 may be used to control and manage the actions of the first communication device 2000. For example, the processing module 2001 may be used to support the first communication device 2000 to execute S101 and S1011 in the above method embodiments, and/or used in this document. Other processes of the described technology. The communication module 2002 may be used to support communication between the first communication device 2000 and other network entities. For example, the communication module 2002 may be used to support the first communication device 2000 to perform S102 (including S102a) in the above method embodiments. Optionally, as shown in FIG. 14, the first communication device 2000 may further include a storage module 2003 for storing program codes and data of the first communication device 2000.
其中,处理模块2001可以是处理器或控制器(例如可以是上述如图4所示的处理器30),例如可以是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本发明实施例公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框、模块和电路。上述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理 器的组合等等。通信模块2002可以是收发器、收发电路或通信接口等(例如可以是上述如图4所示的RF电路31)。存储模块2003可以是存储器(例如可以是上述如图4所示的存储器33)。The processing module 2001 may be a processor or a controller (for example, the processor 30 shown in FIG. 4), for example, a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, or a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any of them combination. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of the embodiments of the present invention. The above processor may also be a combination that realizes a calculation function, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on. The communication module 2002 may be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a communication interface, or the like (for example, it may be the above-mentioned RF circuit 31 shown in FIG. 4). The storage module 2003 may be a memory (for example, the above-mentioned memory 33 shown in FIG. 4).
当处理模块2001为处理器,通信模块2002为收发器,存储模块2003为存储器时,处理器、收发器和存储器可以通过总线连接。总线可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect,PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended Industry standard architecture,EISA)总线等。总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。When the processing module 2001 is a processor, the communication module 2002 is a transceiver, and the storage module 2003 is a memory, the processor, the transceiver, and the memory may be connected through a bus. The bus may be a peripheral component interconnection (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus, etc. The bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图15示出了上述实施例中所涉及的第二通信装置的一种可能的结构示意图,如图15所示,第二通信装置3000可以包括:接收模块3001和确定模块3002。接收模块3001可以用于支持第二通信装置3000执行上述方法实施例中的S103;确定模块3002可以用于支持第二通信装置3000执行上述方法实施例中的S104。其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。In the case where each functional module is divided corresponding to each function, FIG. 15 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the second communication device involved in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 15, the second communication device 3000 may include : Receiving module 3001 and determining module 3002. The receiving module 3001 may be used to support the second communication device 3000 to execute S103 in the above method embodiment; the determination module 3002 may be used to support the second communication device 3000 to execute S104 in the above method embodiment. Wherein, all relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiments can be referred to the function description of the corresponding function module, which will not be repeated here.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图16示出了上述实施例中所涉及的第二通信装置的一种可能的结构示意图。如图16所示,第二通信装置4000可以包括:处理模块4001和通信模块4002。处理模块4001可以用于对第二通信装置4000的动作进行控制管理,例如处理模块4001可以用于支持第二通信装置4000执行上述方法实施例中的S104。通信模块4002可以用于支持第二通信装置4000与其他网络实体的通信,例如通信模块4002可以用于支持第二通信装置4000执行上述方法实施例中的S103。可选的,如图16所示,该第二通信装置4000还可以包括存储模块4003,用于存储第二通信装置4000的程序代码和数据。In the case of using an integrated unit, FIG. 16 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the second communication device involved in the foregoing embodiment. As shown in FIG. 16, the second communication device 4000 may include: a processing module 4001 and a communication module 4002. The processing module 4001 may be used to control and manage the actions of the second communication device 4000. For example, the processing module 4001 may be used to support the second communication device 4000 to execute S104 in the foregoing method embodiment. The communication module 4002 may be used to support communication between the second communication device 4000 and other network entities. For example, the communication module 4002 may be used to support the second communication device 4000 to perform S103 in the above method embodiment. Optionally, as shown in FIG. 16, the second communication device 4000 may further include a storage module 4003 for storing program codes and data of the second communication device 4000.
其中,处理模块4001可以是处理器或控制器(例如可以是上述如图3所示的21部分中的处理器),例如可以是CPU、通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本发明实施例公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框、模块和电路。上述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信模块4002可以是收发器、收发电路或通信接口等(例如可以是上述如图3所示20部分中的射频单元)。存储模块4003可以是存储器(例如可以是上述如图3所示的21部分中的存储器)。The processing module 4001 may be a processor or a controller (for example, it may be the processor in Part 21 shown in FIG. 3 above), for example, it may be a CPU, general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA, or other programmable logic Devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of the embodiments of the present invention. The above processor may also be a combination that realizes a calculation function, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of DSP and microprocessor, and so on. The communication module 4002 may be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a communication interface, or the like (for example, it may be the above-mentioned radio frequency unit in part 20 shown in FIG. 3). The storage module 4003 may be a memory (for example, it may be the memory in section 21 shown in FIG. 3 described above).
当处理模块4001为处理器,通信模块4002为收发器,存储模块4003为存储器时,处理器、收发器和存储器可以通过总线连接。总线可以是PCI总线或EISA总线等。总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。When the processing module 4001 is a processor, the communication module 4002 is a transceiver, and the storage module 4003 is a memory, the processor, the transceiver, and the memory may be connected through a bus. The bus may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus. The bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图17示出了上述实施例中所涉及的第二通信装置的一种可能的结构示意图,如图17所示,第二通信装置5000可以包括:生成模块5001和配置模块5002。生成模块5001可以用于支持第二通信装置5000执行上述方法实施例中的S201;配置模块5002可以用于支持第二通信装置5000执行上述方法实施例中的S202。其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。In the case where each function module is divided corresponding to each function, FIG. 17 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the second communication device involved in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 17, the second communication device 5000 may include : Generation module 5001 and configuration module 5002. The generating module 5001 may be used to support the second communication device 5000 to execute S201 in the above method embodiment; the configuration module 5002 may be used to support the second communication device 5000 to execute S202 in the above method embodiment. Wherein, all relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiments can be referred to the function description of the corresponding function module, which will not be repeated here.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图18示出了上述实施例中所涉及的第二通信装置的 一种可能的结构示意图。如图18所示,第二通信装置6000可以包括:处理模块6001和通信模块6002。处理模块6001可以用于对第二通信装置6000的动作进行控制管理,例如处理模块6001可以用于支持第二通信装置6000执行上述方法实施例中的S201和S202。通信模块6002可以用于支持第二通信装置6000与其他网络实体的通信。可选的,如图18所示,该第二通信装置6000还可以包括存储模块6003,用于存储第二通信装置6000的程序代码和数据。In the case of using an integrated unit, FIG. 18 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the second communication device involved in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 18, the second communication device 6000 may include a processing module 6001 and a communication module 6002. The processing module 6001 may be used to control and manage the actions of the second communication device 6000. For example, the processing module 6001 may be used to support the second communication device 6000 to execute S201 and S202 in the foregoing method embodiments. The communication module 6002 may be used to support communication between the second communication device 6000 and other network entities. Optionally, as shown in FIG. 18, the second communication device 6000 may further include a storage module 6003 for storing program codes and data of the second communication device 6000.
其中,处理模块6001可以是处理器或控制器(例如可以是上述如图3所示的21部分中的处理器),例如可以是CPU、通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本发明实施例公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框、模块和电路。上述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信模块6002可以是收发器、收发电路或通信接口等(例如可以是上述如图3所示20部分中的射频单元)。存储模块6003可以是存储器(例如可以是上述如图3所示的21部分中的存储器)。The processing module 6001 may be a processor or a controller (for example, may be the processor in Part 21 shown in FIG. 3 above), for example, it may be a CPU, general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA, or other programmable logic Devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of the embodiments of the present invention. The above processor may also be a combination that realizes a calculation function, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of DSP and microprocessor, and so on. The communication module 6002 may be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a communication interface, or the like (for example, it may be the above-mentioned radio frequency unit in part 20 shown in FIG. 3). The storage module 6003 may be a memory (for example, it may be the memory in section 21 shown in FIG. 3 described above).
当处理模块6001为处理器,通信模块6002为收发器,存储模块6003为存储器时,处理器、收发器和存储器可以通过总线连接。总线可以是PCI总线或EISA总线等。总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。When the processing module 6001 is a processor, the communication module 6002 is a transceiver, and the storage module 6003 is a memory, the processor, the transceiver, and the memory may be connected through a bus. The bus may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus. The bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图19示出了上述实施例中所涉及的第一通信装置的一种可能的结构示意图,如图19所示,第一通信装置7000可以包括:获取模块7001和发送模块7002。获取模块7001可以用于支持第一通信装置7000执行上述方法实施例中的S203;发送模块7002可以用于支持第一通信装置7000执行上述方法实施例中的S204(包括S204b)。可选的,该第一通信装置7000还可以包括生成模块7003和添加模块7004,该生成模块7003用于支持第一通信装置7000执行上述方法实施例中的S204a。添加模块7004用于支持第一通信装置7000执行上述方法实施例中在MAC CE中第一链路对应的功率余量的位置添加第一链路对应的功率余量,并且在第二链路对应的功率余量的位置添加第二链路对应的功率余量的动作,或者执行在MAC CE中第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量的位置添加第一制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量,在第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量的位置添加第二制式网络中第二链路对应的功率余量的动作。其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。In a case where each functional module is divided corresponding to each function, FIG. 19 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the first communication device involved in the foregoing embodiment. As shown in FIG. 19, the first communication device 7000 may include : Get module 7001 and send module 7002. The obtaining module 7001 may be used to support the first communication device 7000 to execute S203 in the above method embodiment; the sending module 7002 may be used to support the first communication device 7000 to execute S204 (including S204b) in the above method embodiment. Optionally, the first communication device 7000 may further include a generation module 7003 and an addition module 7004. The generation module 7003 is used to support the first communication device 7000 to execute S204a in the foregoing method embodiment. The adding module 7004 is used to support the first communication device 7000 to perform the above method embodiment to add the power margin corresponding to the first link in the position of the power margin corresponding to the first link in the MAC and corresponding to the second link Add the power headroom corresponding to the second link to the position of the power headroom, or perform the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC and add the second link in the first-standard network The power headroom corresponding to the path, the action of adding the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network to the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network. Wherein, all relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiments can be referred to the function description of the corresponding function module, which will not be repeated here.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图20示出了上述实施例中所涉及的第一通信装置的一种可能的结构示意图。如图20所示,第一通信装置8000可以包括:处理模块8001和通信模块8002。处理模块8001可以用于对第一通信装置8000的动作进行控制管理,例如处理模块8001可以用于支持第一通信装置8000执行上述方法实施例中的S203和S204a。通信模块8002可以用于支持第一通信装置8000与其他网络实体的通信,例如通信模块8002可以用于支持第一通信装置8000执行上述方法实施例中的S204(包括S204b)。可选的,如图20所示,该第一通信装置8000还可以包括存储模块8003,用于存储第一通信装置8000的程序代码和数据。In the case of using an integrated unit, FIG. 20 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the first communication device involved in the foregoing embodiment. As shown in FIG. 20, the first communication device 8000 may include: a processing module 8001 and a communication module 8002. The processing module 8001 may be used to control and manage the actions of the first communication device 8000. For example, the processing module 8001 may be used to support the first communication device 8000 to execute S203 and S204a in the foregoing method embodiment. The communication module 8002 may be used to support communication between the first communication device 8000 and other network entities. For example, the communication module 8002 may be used to support the first communication device 8000 to perform S204 (including S204b) in the above method embodiments. Optionally, as shown in FIG. 20, the first communication device 8000 may further include a storage module 8003 for storing program codes and data of the first communication device 8000.
其中,处理模块8001可以是处理器或控制器(例如可以是上述如图4所示的处理 器30),例如可以是CPU、通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本发明实施例公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框、模块和电路。上述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信模块8002可以是收发器、收发电路或通信接口等(例如可以是上述如图4所示的RF电路31)。存储模块8003可以是存储器(例如可以是上述如图4所示的存储器33)。The processing module 8001 may be a processor or a controller (for example, the processor 30 shown in FIG. 4 above), for example, a CPU, a general-purpose processor, a DSP, an ASIC, an FPGA, or other programmable logic devices, transistors Logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of the embodiments of the present invention. The above processor may also be a combination that realizes a calculation function, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of DSP and microprocessor, and so on. The communication module 8002 may be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a communication interface, or the like (for example, it may be the above-mentioned RF circuit 31 shown in FIG. 4). The storage module 8003 may be a memory (for example, the above-mentioned memory 33 shown in FIG. 4).
当处理模块8001为处理器,通信模块8002为收发器,存储模块8003为存储器时,处理器、收发器和存储器可以通过总线连接。总线可以是PCI总线或EISA总线等。总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。When the processing module 8001 is a processor, the communication module 8002 is a transceiver, and the storage module 8003 is a memory, the processor, the transceiver, and the memory may be connected through a bus. The bus may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus. The bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行该计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例中的流程或功能。该计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络或者其他可编程装置。该计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,该计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))方式或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心传输。该计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包括一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。该可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、磁盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state drives,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using a software program, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center via wire (Such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (digital subscriber line, DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device including one or more available media integrated servers, data centers, and the like. The available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, magnetic disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, digital video disc (DVD)), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state drives (SSD)), etc. .
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。上述描述的系统,装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for convenience and conciseness of description, only the above-mentioned division of each functional module is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned functions can be allocated as needed It is completed by different functional modules, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above. For the specific working processes of the system, device and unit described above, reference may be made to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请实施例所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统,装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in the embodiments of the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, there may be other divisions, for example, multiple units or components may be The combination can either be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请实施例各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中, 也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each of the embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units are integrated into one unit. The above integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)或处理器执行本申请实施例各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:快闪存储器、移动硬盘、只读存储器、随机存取存储器、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on such an understanding, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application may essentially be part of or contribute to the existing technology, or all or part of the technical solutions may be embodied in the form of software products, and the computer software products are stored in a storage The medium includes several instructions to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) or processor to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in the embodiments of the present application. The foregoing storage media include: flash memory, mobile hard disk, read-only memory, random access memory, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.
以上所述,仅为本申请实施例的具体实施方式,但本申请实施例的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请实施例揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。因此,本申请实施例的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only the specific implementation of the embodiments of the present application, but the scope of protection of the embodiments of the present application is not limited to this, any changes or replacements within the technical scope disclosed in the embodiments of the present application should be covered in this Within the scope of protection of the application examples. Therefore, the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (25)

  1. 一种功率余量的上报方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for reporting power headroom is characterized by comprising:
    第一通信装置生成功率余量报告,所述功率余量报告中包括所述第一通信装置的功率余量和所述功率余量的指示信息,所述功率余量的指示信息用于指示所述功率余量的属性;The first communication device generates a power headroom report. The power headroom report includes the power headroom of the first communication device and indication information of the power headroom. The indication information of the power headroom is used to indicate the power headroom. Describe the properties of the power headroom;
    所述第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送所述功率余量报告。The first communication device sends the power headroom report to the second communication device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述功率余量的属性包括下述任一项或任几项:The method according to claim 1, wherein the attribute of the power headroom includes any one or more of the following items:
    所述功率余量的链路属性、所述功率余量的小区属性、所述功率余量的网络属性、所述功率余量的混合属性;Link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, network attributes of the power headroom, and mixed attributes of the power headroom;
    其中,所述链路属性包括第一链路和\或第二链路,所述第一链路为所述第一通信装置与基站之间的无线接入链路,所述第二链路为所述第一通信装置与其他终端设备之间的无线直连链路;Wherein, the link attribute includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and a base station, and the second link A wireless direct link between the first communication device and other terminal equipment;
    所述小区属性包括所述第二链路对应的小区是单小区或多小区;The cell attribute includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells;
    所述网络属性包括所述第二链路的无线通信制式;The network attribute includes the wireless communication standard of the second link;
    所述混合属性包括下述任一种:所述功率余量为所述第一链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为所述第二链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为所述第一链路对应的功率余量和所述第二链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为第一制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为第二制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为第一制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量和所述第二制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量。The hybrid attribute includes any one of the following: the power headroom is a power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is a power headroom corresponding to the second link, the power The headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, The power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second The power headroom corresponding to the second link in the standard network.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通信装置向所述第二通信装置发送功率余量报告,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first communication device sending a power headroom report to the second communication device includes:
    所述第一通信装置通过媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE向所述第二通信装置发送所述功率余量报告。The first communication device sends the power headroom report to the second communication device through a media access control control element MAC CE.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 3, characterized in that
    所述功率余量的指示信息携带在所述MAC CE的预留位中。The indication information of the power headroom is carried in the reserved bits of the MAC CE.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein
    所述功率余量包括所述第一链路对应的功率余量和所述第二链路对应的功率余量时,所述功率余量的指示信息还包括:When the power headroom includes the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, the indication information of the power headroom further includes:
    所述第一链路对应的功率余量在所述MAC CE中的位置和所述第二链路对应的功率余量在所述MAC CE中的位置;The position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC CE and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC CE;
    所述功率余量包括所述第一制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量和所述第二制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量时,所述功率余量的指示信息还包括:When the power headroom includes the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, the power headroom The instructions also include:
    所述第一制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量在所述MAC CE中的位置和所述第二制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量在所述MAC CE中的位置。The position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network are in the MAC In the location.
  6. 根据权利要求3至5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 3 to 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一通信装置根据所述第一链路对应的小区和所述第二链路对应的小区的总数量,确定所述MAC CE的格式。The first communication device determines the format of the MAC according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and cells corresponding to the second link.
  7. 一种功率余量的上报方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for reporting power headroom is characterized by comprising:
    第二通信装置接收第一通信装置发送的功率余量报告,所述功率余量报告中包括所述第一通信装置的功率余量和所述功率余量的指示信息,所述功率余量的指示信息用于指示所述功率余量的属性;The second communication device receives the power headroom report sent by the first communication device, the power headroom report includes the power headroom of the first communication device and indication information of the power headroom, the power headroom The indication information is used to indicate the attribute of the power headroom;
    所述第二通信装置根据所述功率余量的指示信息,确定所述功率余量报告中与所述功率余量的指示信息对应的功率余量。The second communication device determines the power headroom corresponding to the power headroom indication information in the power headroom report according to the power headroom indication information.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述功率余量的属性包括下述任一项或任几项:The method according to claim 7, wherein the attribute of the power headroom includes any one or more of the following items:
    所述功率余量的链路属性、所述功率余量的小区属性、所述功率余量的网络属性、所述功率余量的混合属性;Link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, network attributes of the power headroom, and mixed attributes of the power headroom;
    其中,所述链路属性包括第一链路和\或第二链路,所述第一链路为所述第一通信装置与基站之间的无线接入链路,所述第二链路为所述第一通信装置与其他终端设备之间的无线直连链路;Wherein, the link attribute includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and a base station, and the second link A wireless direct link between the first communication device and other terminal equipment;
    所述小区属性包括所述第二链路对应的小区是单小区或多小区;The cell attribute includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells;
    所述网络属性包括所述第二链路的无线通信制式;The network attribute includes the wireless communication standard of the second link;
    所述混合属性包括下述任一种:所述功率余量为所述第一链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为所述第二链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为所述第一链路对应的功率余量和所述第二链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为第一制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为第二制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为第一制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量和所述第二制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量。The hybrid attribute includes any one of the following: the power headroom is a power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is a power headroom corresponding to the second link, the power The headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, The power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second The power headroom corresponding to the second link in the standard network.
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二通信装置接收第一通信装置发送的功率余量报告,包括:The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the second communication device receiving the power headroom report sent by the first communication device includes:
    所述第二通信装置通过媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE接收所述第一通信装置发送的所述功率余量报告。The second communication device receives the power headroom report sent by the first communication device through a media access control control element MAC CE.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 9, wherein:
    所述功率余量的指示信息携带在所述MAC CE的预留位中。The indication information of the power headroom is carried in the reserved bits of the MAC CE.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 9 or 10, characterized in that
    所述功率余量包括所述第一链路对应的功率余量和所述第二链路对应的功率余量时,所述功率余量的指示信息还包括:When the power headroom includes the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, the indication information of the power headroom further includes:
    所述第一链路对应的功率余量在所述MAC CE中的位置和所述第二链路对应的功率余量在所述MAC CE中的位置;The position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC CE and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC CE;
    所述功率余量为所述第一制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量和所述第二制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量时,所述功率余量的指示信息还包括:When the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, the power headroom The instructions also include:
    所述第一制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量在所述MAC CE中的位置和所述第二制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量在所述MAC CE中的位置。The position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC and the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network are in the MAC In the location.
  12. 一种功率余量的上报方法,其特征在于,A method for reporting power headroom, characterized in that
    第二通信装置生成功率余量的指示信息,所述功率余量的指示信息用于指示第一通信装置的功率余量的属性;The second communication device generates power headroom indication information, where the power headroom indication information is used to indicate the attribute of the power headroom of the first communication device;
    所述第二通信装置为所述第一通信装置配置所述功率余量的指示信息。The second communication device configures the power headroom indication information for the first communication device.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述功率余量的属性包括下述任一项或任几项:The method according to claim 12, wherein the attribute of the power headroom includes any one or more of the following items:
    所述功率余量的链路属性、所述功率余量的小区属性、所述功率余量的网络属性、所述功率余量的混合属性;Link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, network attributes of the power headroom, and mixed attributes of the power headroom;
    其中,所述链路属性包括第一链路和\或第二链路,所述第一链路为所述第一通信装置与基站之间的无线接入链路,所述第二链路为所述第一通信装置与其他终端设备之间的无线直连链路;Wherein, the link attribute includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and a base station, and the second link A wireless direct link between the first communication device and other terminal equipment;
    所述小区属性包括所述第二链路对应的小区是单小区或多小区;The cell attribute includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells;
    所述网络属性包括所述第二链路的无线通信制式;The network attribute includes the wireless communication standard of the second link;
    所述混合属性包括下述任一种:所述功率余量为所述第一链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为所述第二链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为所述第一链路对应的功率余量和所述第二链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为第一制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为第二制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为第一制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量和所述第二制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量。The hybrid attribute includes any one of the following: the power headroom is a power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is a power headroom corresponding to the second link, the power The headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, The power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second The power headroom corresponding to the second link in the standard network.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein
    所述功率余量的指示信息还包括:所述第一链路对应的功率余量在媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE中的位置和所述第二链路对应的功率余量在所述MAC CE中的位置;The indication information of the power headroom further includes: a position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the medium access control control element MAC CE and a power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC Position in CE;
    或者,or,
    所述功率余量的指示信息还包括:所述第一制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量在所述MAC CE中的位置和所述第一制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量在所述MAC CE中的位置。The indication information of the power headroom further includes: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC and the second chain in the first-standard network The position of the power headroom corresponding to the channel in the MAC CE.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述功率余量的指示信息还包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the indication information of the power headroom further comprises:
    所述MAC CE的格式指示信息,所述格式指示信息用于指示根据所述第一链路对应的小区和所述第二链路对应的小区的总数量确定所述MAC CE的格式。Format indication information of the MAC CE, the format indication information is used to indicate that the format of the MAC CE is determined according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and cells corresponding to the second link.
  16. 一种功率余量的上报方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for reporting power headroom is characterized by comprising:
    第一通信装置获取第二通信装置配置的功率余量的指示信息,所述功率余量的指示信息用于指示所述第一通信装置的功率余量的属性;The first communication device acquires the indication information of the power headroom configured by the second communication device, and the indication information of the power headroom is used to indicate attributes of the power headroom of the first communication device;
    所述第一通信装置根据所述功率余量的指示信息向所述第二通信装置发送功率余量报告,所述功率余量报告中包括所述第一通信装置的功率余量。The first communication device sends a power headroom report to the second communication device according to the power headroom indication information, where the power headroom report includes the power headroom of the first communication device.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述功率余量的属性包括下述任一项或任几项:The method according to claim 16, wherein the attribute of the power headroom includes any one or more of the following items:
    所述功率余量的链路属性、所述功率余量的小区属性、所述功率余量的网络属性、所述功率余量的混合属性;Link attributes of the power headroom, cell attributes of the power headroom, network attributes of the power headroom, and mixed attributes of the power headroom;
    其中,所述链路属性包括第一链路和\或第二链路,所述第一链路为所述第一通信装置与基站之间的无线接入链路,所述第二链路为所述第一通信装置与其他终端设备之间的无线直连链路;Wherein, the link attribute includes a first link and/or a second link, the first link is a wireless access link between the first communication device and a base station, and the second link A wireless direct link between the first communication device and other terminal equipment;
    所述小区属性包括所述第二链路对应的小区是单小区或多小区;The cell attribute includes whether the cell corresponding to the second link is a single cell or multiple cells;
    所述网络属性包括所述第二链路的无线通信制式;The network attribute includes the wireless communication standard of the second link;
    所述混合属性包括下述任一种:所述功率余量为所述第一链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为所述第二链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为所述第一链路对应的功率余量和所述第二链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为第一制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为第二制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量、所述功率余量为第一制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量和所述第二制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量。The hybrid attribute includes any one of the following: the power headroom is a power headroom corresponding to the first link, the power headroom is a power headroom corresponding to the second link, the power The headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the first link and the power headroom corresponding to the second link, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network, The power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network, and the power headroom is the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network and the second The power headroom corresponding to the second link in the standard network.
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通信装置根据所述功率余量的指示信息向所述第二通信装置发送功率余量报告,包括:The method according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the first communication device sending a power headroom report to the second communication device according to the power headroom indication information includes:
    所述第一通信装置根据所述功率余量的指示信息生成所述功率余量报告,所述功率余量报告中包括与所述功率余量的指示信息对应的功率余量;The first communication device generates the power headroom report according to the power headroom indication information, where the power headroom report includes a power headroom corresponding to the power headroom indication information;
    所述第一通信装置通过媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE向所述第二通信装置发送所述功率余量报告。The first communication device sends the power headroom report to the second communication device through a media access control control element MAC CE.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 18, wherein
    所述功率余量的指示信息还包括:所述第一链路对应的功率余量在所述MAC CE中的位置和所述第二链路对应的功率余量所述MAC CE中的位置;The indication information of the power headroom further includes: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC and the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the MAC;
    或者,or,
    所述功率余量的指示信息还包括:所述第一制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量在所述MAC CE中的位置和所述第二制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量在所述MAC CE中的位置。The indication information of the power headroom further includes: the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC and the second chain in the second-standard network The position of the power headroom corresponding to the channel in the MAC CE.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 19, further comprising:
    所述第一通信装置在所述MAC CE中所述第一链路对应的功率余量的位置添加所述第一链路对应的功率余量,并且在所述第二链路对应的功率余量的位置添加所述第二链路对应的功率余量;The first communication device adds the power headroom corresponding to the first link to the power headroom corresponding to the first link in the MAC, and the power headroom corresponding to the second link Add the power headroom corresponding to the second link to the position of the quantity;
    或者,or,
    所述第一通信装置在所述MAC CE中所述第一制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量的位置添加所述第一制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量,在所述第二制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量的位置添加所述第二制式网络中所述第二链路对应的功率余量。The first communication device adds the power margin corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network at the position of the power margin corresponding to the second link in the first-standard network in the MAC Quantity, the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network is added to the position of the power headroom corresponding to the second link in the second-standard network.
  21. 根据权利要求18至20任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述功率余量的指示信息中还包括:The method according to any one of claims 18 to 20, wherein the indication information of the power headroom further includes:
    所述MAC CE的格式指示信息,所述格式指示信息用于指示所述第一通信装置根据所述第一链路对应的小区和所述第二链路对应的小区的总数量确定所述MAC CE的格式。Format indication information of the MAC CE, the format indication information used to instruct the first communication device to determine the MAC according to the total number of cells corresponding to the first link and cells corresponding to the second link CE format.
  22. 一种第一通信装置,包括处理器和与所述处理器耦合连接的存储器;A first communication device includes a processor and a memory coupled to the processor;
    所述存储器用于存储计算机指令,当所述第一通信装置运行时,所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机指令,以使得所述第一通信装置执行如权利要求1至6任意一项所述的功率余量的上报方法。The memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the first communication device is running, the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory to cause the first communication device to execute any of claims 1 to 6 A method for reporting power headroom.
  23. 一种第二通信装置,包括处理器和与所述处理器耦合连接的存储器;A second communication device includes a processor and a memory coupled to the processor;
    所述存储器用于存储计算机指令,当所述第二通信装置运行时,所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机指令,以使得所述第二通信装置执行如权利要求7至11任意一项所述的功率余量的上报方法。The memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the second communication device is running, the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory to cause the second communication device to execute any of claims 7 to 11 A method for reporting power headroom.
  24. 一种第二通信装置,包括处理器和与所述处理器耦合连接的存储器;A second communication device includes a processor and a memory coupled to the processor;
    所述存储器用于存储计算机指令,当所述第二通信装置运行时,所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机指令,以使得所述第二通信装置执行如权利要求12至15任意一项所述的功率余量的上报方法。The memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the second communication device is running, the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory to cause the second communication device to execute any of claims 12 to 15 A method for reporting power headroom.
  25. 一种第一通信装置,包括处理器和与所述处理器耦合连接的存储器;A first communication device includes a processor and a memory coupled to the processor;
    所述存储器用于存储计算机指令,当所述第一通信装置运行时,所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机指令,以使得所述第一通信装置执行如权利要求16至21任意一项所述的功率余量的上报方法。The memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the first communication device is running, the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory so that the first communication device executes any of claims 16 to 21 A method for reporting power headroom.
PCT/CN2019/123303 2018-12-05 2019-12-05 Power headroom reporting method and device WO2020114458A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201811482555.9 2018-12-05
CN201811482555.9A CN111278112B (en) 2018-12-05 2018-12-05 Method and device for reporting power headroom

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020114458A1 true WO2020114458A1 (en) 2020-06-11

Family

ID=70974942

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/123303 WO2020114458A1 (en) 2018-12-05 2019-12-05 Power headroom reporting method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111278112B (en)
WO (1) WO2020114458A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115883716A (en) * 2021-09-28 2023-03-31 中国移动通信集团设计院有限公司 Terminal control method, device and equipment
WO2023060561A1 (en) * 2021-10-15 2023-04-20 富士通株式会社 Apparatus and method for reporting power-related information

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102104905A (en) * 2010-08-13 2011-06-22 电信科学技术研究院 Method and equipment for reporting power headroom under carrier aggregation scene
CN105592539A (en) * 2014-10-22 2016-05-18 普天信息技术有限公司 Obtaining method for power headroom and MeNB
US20160270094A1 (en) * 2015-03-09 2016-09-15 Ofinno Technologies, Llc Power Headroom in a Wireless Network
CN106105301A (en) * 2014-03-06 2016-11-09 夏普株式会社 Termination, base station apparatus, communication system, control method and integrated circuit
CN106162854A (en) * 2015-04-07 2016-11-23 上海贝尔股份有限公司 It is a kind of for power margin information is reported to the method for base station end

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101740366B1 (en) * 2010-06-28 2017-05-29 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for reporting uplink maximum transmission power in wireless communication system
US9173178B2 (en) * 2010-09-21 2015-10-27 Broadcom Corporation Method and system for power headroom reporting in the presence of multiple transmit antennas
CN103139889B (en) * 2011-11-28 2015-09-09 华为技术有限公司 The Poewr control method of D2D, subscriber equipment, base station and communication system
CN103781111A (en) * 2012-10-23 2014-05-07 普天信息技术研究院有限公司 Method for reporting power headroom
EP2947930A4 (en) * 2013-01-17 2016-08-31 Fujitsu Ltd Power headroom reporting method and device
US10361833B2 (en) * 2013-12-11 2019-07-23 Innovative Sonic Corporation Method and apparatus for improving device to device (D2D) communication in a wireless communication system
US10085265B2 (en) * 2014-01-30 2018-09-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Uplink transmit power allocation and power headroom reporting by a user equipment in a multi-connectivity environment
EP3518590B1 (en) * 2014-04-03 2020-09-30 LG Electronics Inc. Method and terminal for transmitting power headroom report in dual connection between terminal and base station
US20160014794A1 (en) * 2014-07-08 2016-01-14 Htc Corporation Device and Method of Handling Device-to-Device communication
US20160295627A1 (en) * 2015-04-01 2016-10-06 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Reporting for direct link quality assessment
CN108810970B (en) * 2016-01-09 2019-11-15 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and apparatus of indicated horsepower headroom reporting
CN108632891B (en) * 2017-03-24 2021-05-18 华为技术有限公司 Information transmission method and device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102104905A (en) * 2010-08-13 2011-06-22 电信科学技术研究院 Method and equipment for reporting power headroom under carrier aggregation scene
CN106105301A (en) * 2014-03-06 2016-11-09 夏普株式会社 Termination, base station apparatus, communication system, control method and integrated circuit
CN105592539A (en) * 2014-10-22 2016-05-18 普天信息技术有限公司 Obtaining method for power headroom and MeNB
US20160270094A1 (en) * 2015-03-09 2016-09-15 Ofinno Technologies, Llc Power Headroom in a Wireless Network
CN106162854A (en) * 2015-04-07 2016-11-23 上海贝尔股份有限公司 It is a kind of for power margin information is reported to the method for base station end

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111278112A (en) 2020-06-12
CN111278112B (en) 2023-03-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018228504A1 (en) Power control method and device
CN110999477B (en) Information indication method and related equipment
CN110999370B (en) Measuring method, device and system
JP7259066B2 (en) Power control method and power control device
WO2020001517A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2018202180A1 (en) Method and device for information transmission
US11044697B2 (en) Paging method and paging apparaus
WO2019095212A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
US10411851B2 (en) Wireless communication method, device and system
WO2021179184A1 (en) Method for determining uplink transmission parameter, and terminal device
US11582783B2 (en) Resource mapping method, network device, and terminal device
US20230101648A1 (en) Information transmission method, terminal device, and network device
US20210168735A1 (en) Power Determining Method and Apparatus
EP4192082A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2018227566A1 (en) Information transmission method and device
WO2020114458A1 (en) Power headroom reporting method and device
US20230276529A1 (en) Service processing method, information indication method, terminal and network device
WO2019015378A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2021087889A1 (en) Cli measurement configuring method and communication apparatus
EP4236530A1 (en) Resource configuration method and apparatus, device, and readable storage medium
WO2018202168A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
WO2019228535A1 (en) Signal sending method, apparatus and system
US20230140333A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, terminal, and network-side device
WO2021062766A1 (en) Interference measurement reporting method and communication apparatus
WO2022253150A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19893861

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19893861

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1